190
THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle County JOSEPH J. FREEBERY GENERAL MANAGER ,1673 DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL SERVICES November 28, 2001 SDMS DocID 2068473 VIA FACSIMILE Ms. Debra Rossi U.S. EPA Region HI 1650 Arch Street Mail Stop 3HS23 Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029 Re: Army Creek Superfund Site Investigation of Contamination in Columbia Formation and Upper Potomac Aquifers Work Plan Revision Dear Ms. Rossi: Enclosed please find the revised Section 3.3 - Water Level Measurements of the Work Plan for the Investigation of Contamination in Columbia Formation and Upper Potomac Aquifers for the Army Creek Superfund Site. This revision was agreed to during the conference call on November 26, 2001 with EPA, CDM and New Castle County. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (302) 395-5806. Sincerely, James D. Houston (^/Environmental Compliance Manager cc: J. Husband/T. Surles, NCC S. Johnson, DNREC w/ encl. P. Cavanaugh, Esq., DE&J w/ envl D. Buniski, PE , Clean Tech w/ encl S. A. LaRocca, DS&G w/encl C. Hsu, Tetra Tech w/encl M. Ruth, Ruth Assoc. w/encl A. Frantz, CDM w/encl. 187A OLD CHURCHMANS ROAD, NEW CASTLE, DE 19720 D \level measurbmnfsltr doc PHONE: 302-395-5700 FAX- 302-395-5797

THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

THOMAS P. GORDONCOUNTY EXECUTIVE

NewCastle

County

JOSEPH J. FREEBERYGENERAL MANAGER

,1673

DEPARTMENT OF SPECIAL SERVICES

November 28, 2001

SDMS DocID 2068473

VIA FACSIMILE

Ms. Debra RossiU.S. EPA Region HI1650 Arch StreetMail Stop 3HS23Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029

Re: Army Creek Superfund SiteInvestigation of Contamination in Columbia Formation and Upper PotomacAquifers Work Plan Revision

Dear Ms. Rossi:

Enclosed please find the revised Section 3.3 - Water Level Measurements of the Work Planfor the Investigation of Contamination in Columbia Formation and Upper Potomac Aquifersfor the Army Creek Superfund Site.

This revision was agreed to during the conference call on November 26, 2001 with EPA,CDM and New Castle County.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (302) 395-5806.

Sincerely,

James D. Houston(^/Environmental Compliance Manager

cc: J. Husband/T. Surles, NCCS. Johnson, DNREC w/ encl.P. Cavanaugh, Esq., DE&J w/ envlD. Buniski, PE , Clean Tech w/ enclS. A. LaRocca, DS&G w/enclC. Hsu, Tetra Tech w/enclM. Ruth, Ruth Assoc. w/enclA. Frantz, CDM w/encl.

187A OLD CHURCHMANS ROAD, NEW CASTLE, DE 19720D \level measurbmnfsltr doc PHONE: 302-395-5700 FAX- 302-395-5797

Page 2: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

3.3 - Water Level Measurements

Water-level measurements will be made at each well on a monthly basis. This data will

be incorporated into the monthly potentiometric map. The following wells (see Figure 3)

will be measured:

Current Well DescriptionArtesian Water Company

Army Creek Recovery Wells

On-site Monitoring Wells

Off-site Monitoring Wells

Delaware Sand & Gravel

Up-gradient Wells

Columbia Fm WellsAmoco Production WellsStream GaugesUp-stream gaugesDown-stream gaugesProposed Well DescriptionRecovery WellNew Columbia Fm WellsNew Potomac Fm Wells

Number of Locations5

8

12

6

5

4

43Number of Locations21Number of Locations134

Wells Currently MeasuredAWC-2, AWC-6, AWC-7,AWCG3, AWC-K1RW-1, RW-10, RW-12, RW-13, MW-27, MW-28, MW-29,MW-31MW-1A, MW-69, MW-18,MW-34, MW40, MW41, MW-66, MW-67, MW-68, BW-1,BW-2, BW-3MW-26N, MW-49N, MW-20,MW-22N, MW-38N, TW-4RT-1UP, DGC-2s, DGC-7s,MW-45, DGC-5MW-54, MW-56, MW-57,MW-58B-18,C-l,C-2,C-3PW-l,PW-2,PW-3Gauges Currently MeasuresSG-2, SG-3SG-1Wells to be MeasuredRW-11RC-4, C-5, C-6P-4, P-5, P-6, P-7

The monitoring wells, non-pumping recovery wells and Artesian Water Company

(AWC) wells shall be measured first. The AWC wells will be measured in the status that

AWC has them set (pumping or non-pumping). Once these water level measurements are

completed the water level in the pumping Army Creek recovery wells shall be measured.

Page 3: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Water-level measurements in monitoring, non-pumping and AWC wells will be obtained

using the following procedure:

1. All sampling team members will wear new and clean disposable gloves to

protect team members from exposure to potentially contaminated

groundwater, and to minimize the potential for cross-contamination between

samples.

2. Remove the lock from the locking cap covering the well. The measurement

reference point is notched on the protective well casing.

3. Lower the water level probe to the static-water level. Record the monitoring

well number and the distance from the measured reference point of the static-

water level to the nearest 0.01-foot.

4. Lower the probe to the bottom of the well. Record the distance from the

measured reference point to bottom of the well.

5. Remove the probe, decontaminating the probe as it is brought to the surface.

The decontamination procedure is as follows:

a. Saturate a clean paper towel with ten- percent methanol in water

solution. All decontamination solution solvents will be reagent quality

or higher. Water used to make up the solution will be from a clean,

potable supply.

b. Wipe along the length of the cable and the probe, discarding and

replacing the towel as it becomes soiled.

Page 4: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

c. Rinse the rewound spool of the probe with deionized water, using a

hand sprayer.

After the collection of all water level measurements from the monitoring, non-pumping

recovery and AWC wells, water level measurements will be collected from the pumping

Army Creek recovery wells. The procedure for the measurement of water levels in the

pumping recovery wells shall be as follows:

1. All sampling team members will wear new and clean disposable gloves to

protect team members from exposure to potentially contaminated

groundwater, and to minimize the potential for cross-contamination between

samples.

2. Lower the water level probe to the pumping-water level. Record the recovery

well number and the distance from the measured reference point of the

pumping-water level to the nearest 0.01-foot.

3. Turn off the recovery well at the control box at an even minute mark. Using

a stopwatch record the water level and the time (in seconds) of the initial

water measurement. Once the initial measurement is recorded, raise the

water level up and attempt to record time and water level measurements in

approximate 0.5-foot increments. Collection of water level measurements

can stop when three successive water levels are within +/- 0.2 feet.

Page 5: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

4. Remove the probe, decontaminating the probe as it is brought to the surface.

Turn the pump back on and proceed to the next recovery well and repeat step

3, turning the pump back on after each series of measurements.

Page 6: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

T 6 / / t /°- ' • i

INVESTIGATION OF CONTAMINATION INCOLUMBIA FORMATION AND U P P E R POTOMAC A Q U I F E R S

WORK PLAN FORA R M Y C R E E K S U P E RI I N I) SITE

Prepared by:

New Castle CountyDepartment of Special Services

Conner Building187A Old Churchmsins Road

New Castle, DE 19720

Page 7: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

SECTION PAGE

1.0 Introduction 1

2.0 Objectives 3

3.0 Field Investigations 43.1 Drilling and Monitoring Well Construction 53.2 Groundwater Sampling 63.3 Water Level Measurements 113.4 Surface Water Sampling 133.5 Field Logbook Records 153.6 Generated Waste Disposal 15

4.0 Analytical Program 164.1 Methodology 174.2 Analytical Program QA/QC 17

5.0 Groundwater Modeling 186.0 Project Schedule 21

List of Figures

Figure 1 - Monitoring Well Design

Figure 2 - Well Drilling Log

Figure 3 - Water Level Measurement Locations

List of Attachments

Attachment 1 - BCEE Sample Location

Attachment 2 - Quality Assurance Project Plan

Attachment 3 - Field Sampling Plan

Page 8: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

SECTION 1.0 - INTRODUCTION

New Castle County (NCC) has prepared this work plan for the purposes of assessing the source

or sources of contamination hi the Columbia and Upper Potomac aquifers hi the area of the

Army Creek Landfill. As per Section G4 of the Consent Decree, NCC has agreed to undertake

limited additional response activities. The additional response activities include:

1. Installation of additional monitoring wells to assess the source or sources of

contaminates in the Columbia and Upper Potomac aquifers in the area of Army

Creek Landfill.

2. Limited additional sampling of existing and proposed wells for TCL/TAL

parameters, and

3. Groundwater flow modeling to optimize the performance of the groundwater

recovery operation.

In June 1999, NCC discovered BCEE hi the sample of groundwater obtained from Artesian

Water Company well AWC-7. The groundwater obtained from AWC-7 serves as a control

sample for the ACTP bioassay tests. The results of this sampling event were forwarded to EPA

in October 1999. Follow up testing conducted by NCC and EPA confirmed the presence of

BCEE in two of the Artesian Water Company Wells and hi the treated water from the Artesian

Water Company's Llangollen pumping station. BCEE was found at levels of 0.69 ug/L to 0.78

ug/L, which was below EPA's action level of 0.96 ug/L.

New Castle County has collected ground water samples for BCEE analysis using the Selected

Ion Monitor (SIM) very low detection methodology. A total of 23 wells were sampled hi July

Page 9: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep-7-01 10:57; Page 3

2000,22 wells were sampled in October 2000,27 wells were sampled during December 2000

and January 2001,28 wells were sampled in April 2001, and 29 locations were sampled in July

2001.

The Office of Drinking Water in the Delaware Division of Public Health, with the assistance of

DNREC and the Artesian Water Company collected samples from the Llangollen wellfield and

Artesian Water Company's distribution system that is supplied by this wellfield in October 21000.

Preliminary results indicated that BCEE was present in the raw water produced from the well

field at levels slightly.above EPA's action level of 0.96 ug/L. Artesian subsequently shut down

the entire Llangollen well field. A carbon filtration system was installed and the well field was

returned to service in January 2001. Artesian is currently pumping from all four wells in the

Llangollen well field.

At this time, the source or sources of the BCEE are not known. Possible sources include the

Army Creek Superfund Site, the Delaware Sand and Gravel Superfund Site, the Demon Landfill

and the former Amoco Polymer Plant.

This work plan provides the details with regard to the investigation that will be completed by

New Castle County.

The investigation will include the following:

• Monitoring well installation and development

• Sampling and analysis of groundwater for BCEE in the Columbia and Upper

Potomac aquifers in the area of Army Creek Landfill

• Two sampling events for Ihe Target Compound List and Target Analyte List

(TCL/TAL) will be completed. One sampling event was completed in April

2001 with the second sampling event completed in July 2001. Each new well

will be sampled two times for TCL/TAL. The first sample will be taken upon

completion of the well and the second sampling one quarter later.

Page 10: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

• Water-level measurements

• Surface water analysis for BCEE

• Preparation of a base map and hydrogeologic cross section

• Groundwater modeling for pumping optimization study

This work plan is organized in sections as described below:

• Section 1 provides background information;

• Section 2 outlines the objectives of the work;

• Section 3 details field investigation activities;

• Section 4 details the analytical program;

Section 5 details the groundwater modeling; and

• Section 6 details the anticipated schedule.

SECTION 2.0 OBJECTIVES

This Work Plan was based on available site information provided by EPA, DNREC, NCC,

DS&G and the Dureco Chemical Company. Specifically, the objectives of the Work Plan are as

follows:

• Assess the source or sources of BCEE

• Characterize the extent of BCEE present in the dissolved phase in the groundwater;

• Assess groundwater quality by analyzing for the Target Analyte List (TAL) and the

Target Compound List (TCL) during high flow and low flow conditions

• Monitoring well installation and development

• Sampling and analysis of groundwater for BCEE hi the Columbia and Upper Potomac

aquifers in the area of Army Creek Landfill

• Surface water analysis for BCEE

• Preparation of a base map and hydrogeologic cross section

Page 11: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

• Groundwater modeling for pumping optimization study

SECTION 3.0 - FIELD INVESTIGATIONS

This section describes the field investigation tasks to be performed during the site investigation.

NCC proposes the following sequence of activities during the site investigation.

• Based on the data review previously completed, suitable well locations were

selected;

• Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow

2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be installed in the Columbia formation;

• Drill and install 4-inch monitoring wells hi the upper Potomac, using reverse

rotary, cable tool or rotosonic drilling techniques. Specifications and procedures

for the installation of monitoring wells are discussed hi the BCEE Investigation

Field Sampling Plan (FSP).

• Collect groundwater samples from the new monitoring wells and existing

monitoring wells; Collect a soil sample from each borehole and analyze for BCEE

and TOC. Procedures for the collection of soil samples during installation of

monitoring wells are discussed hi the BCEE Investigation Field Sampling Plan.

• Measure groundwater-level elevations hi the new and existing monitoring wells;

• Collect surface water samples from the Delaware River, and

• Produce a base map that contains the locations of the Amoco production wells,

the newly installed monitoring wells, as well as the existing wells that are

monitored as part of the Army Creek Project and the Delaware Sand & Gravel

Project. Cross-sections which are representative of the area will be developed as

part of this task.

These activities are further described hi the following sections.

Page 12: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

3.1 Drilling and Monitoring Well Construction

A total of nine (9) wells are proposed to be installed, three (3) shallow wells, completed in the

Columbia Formation, four (4) wells, completed hi the upper Upper Potomac Formation and two

(2) wells completed hi the lower Upper Potomac Formation. These monitoring points will allow

ground water samples and water-level measurements to be obtained at different points across the

sites hi the both the shallow and deep aquifers. The proposed locations of these wells are ishown

hi Figure A of Attachment 1; the Potomac Formation wells are designated as "P" wells, with a

"U" indicating completion hi the upper Upper Potomac and an "L" indicating completion hi the

lower Upper Potomac. Wells completed hi the Columbia Formation are designated as "C" wells.

A triple cluster of a Columbia Formation and an upper and lower Upper Potomac Formation well

(C4- P4U-P4L) will be installed hi an area north and east of MW-20. The purpose of these wells

will be to assess ground water quality from the western lobe of the Army Creek Landfill. The

second location will be a triple well cluster, a Columbia with an upper and lower Upper Potomac

wells (C5-P5U-P5L), installed southeast of the capped landfill known as Grantham South. The

purpose of these wells will be to assess the extent of contamination from the closed operable unit

known as Grantham South. The third location will be a well cluster, with a Columbia and

Potomac well (C6 and P6) installed at the north of the Grantham South area. The purpose of

these wells will be to assess the ground water quality up-gradient of the Grantham South

Operable Unit. NCC has determined that one of the areas of focus should be the operable unit

known as Grantham South. NCC believes that the RI/FS for this operable unit may not have

completely evaluated this area. The geophysics completed as part of the RI/FS indicate that

several significant anomalies were detected, hi addrtion^the highest concentrations of BCEE

— T^——" ^£ietected to date were immediately adjacent to this operable unhvThis well is necessary in orderA

to determine groundwater quality hi the Upper Potomac downgradient of the Denton Landfill.

The fourth Potomac well (P7) will be installed down-gradient of the landfill known as Denton

Landfill. The exact locations of the new wells be confirmed and/or modified based on site access

Page 13: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep-7-01 10:57- Paae 4

constraints. A copy of the well drilling log is included as Figure 2. Screened intervals for the 4-inch

monitoring wells to be determined after the completion of a small diameter HSA pilot hole, lithologic logging and

consultation with the USEPA.

No additional work is planned beyond the wells identified. No replacement or rehabilitation will

be completed at this time as part of this Work Plan. Routine maintenance is performed as part of

our ongoing program for the recovery wellfield and monitoring wells.

- Groundwater Sampling

All newly installed monitoring wells will be allowed to equilibrate for approximately two weeks.

After installation and before sampling, all wells will be screened for evidence of organic vapors

with a PID. The purpose of screening the well with a P1D is to determine if any organic vapors

have been trapped and built up under the compression cap. If the PID does not detect vapors

above the action level, the team will proceed with the work at the well. If the PID does detect

vapors above the action level, the team will allow the well to vent until the reading on the PID

returns to background before proceeding with the work at the well. Historically, the build up of

organic vapors in the wells at the Army Creek site has not been observed. Each of the newly

installed monitoring wells will be sampled to evaluate the quality of the groundwater. The

monitoring wells will be sampled for BCEE quarterly. Two sampling events for the Target

Compound List and Target Analyte List (TCL/TAL) will be completed on each new well.The

first sample will be taken upon completion of the well and the second sampling one quarter later.

Once the data has been validated, a determination will be made concerning if the sampling is

representative compared to existing data and to determine if additional rounds of sampling may

be required. For each well, the screen length shall be ten feet. The bottom of the screened

interval shall be determine as follows:

Columbia Formation wells will be screened from the base of the Columbia Formation

Page 14: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 Sep-7-01 10:58; Page 5

The placement of the screened interval for upper Upper Potomac Formation wells will be

follows:

Upper Upper Potomac Formation wells will be placed at the top of the Upper Potomac

dividing clay subject to the following qualifications-V

Within the coarsest grained material present at that location.

Screening of layers of very dense (>51 blows/ft) fine sand and bridging clays will be

minimized.

The placement of the screened interval for lower Upper Potomac Formation weUs will be as

follows:

Within the coarsest grained material present at that location.Screening of layers of very dense (>51 blows/ft) fine sand and bridging clays will be

minimized.

Groundwater samples will be collected from each of the newly installed monitoring wells as well

as numerous existing wells as listed in the table below:

Current Well Description

Recovery WeUs

Boundary WellsArtesian Water Company

Delaware Sand & GravelOn-site Monitoring WellsOff-site Monitoring WellsProposed Well Description

Recovery WellNew Columbia Fm wellsNew Potomac Fm wells

Number oflocations8

44

4

^'4Number oflocations136

Wells to be sampled!

RW-1, RW-10, RW-12, RW-13, MW-27, MW-28, MW-29,MW-31BW-1, BW-2, BW-3, MW-40wells AWC-G3, AWC-7 and influent and effluent fromthe distribution plantRT-1UP, DGC-2s, DGC-7s, MW-45 ,MW-18,MW-34MW-20, MW-22N, MW-26N, MW-49NWells to be sampled

RW-11RC-4, C-5, C-6P-4U,P-4L, P-5U.P-5L, P-6, P-7

Page 15: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5B02 ; Sep-7-01 10:58; Page 6

3.2.1 - Well Sampling Procedures

All wells must be purged prior to sample collection in order to obtain a sample representative of

the aquifer. Well purging procedures are as follows:

1. The well cover will be unlocked and carefully removed to avoid introducing foreign

material into the well. The well will be monitored for organic vapors using a PID. If

a reading above background is recorded, the well will be allowed to vent until levels

reach background before proceeding with purging.

2. The static water level (SWL) will be determined with a static-water-level indicator;

the depth to water will be recorded from the standard reference point for the well.

3. The well depth will be obtained from well construction records or it will be

determined by lowering the water-level indicator to the bottom of the well. If the

well bottom is soft, a note will be made to indicate that there is sediment in the well.

The depth of the well from the reference point will be recorded. The water level

indicator will be decontaminated between wells.lf sediment is present in a well, tine

well will be redeveloped per Tt SOP #311 to remove the sediment. The SOP is

included in the Field Sampling Plan.

4. The volume of water in the well will be calculated based on the water level below top

of casing, the total depth of the well, and the diameter of the well.

5. Purge water will be discharged using a decontaminated submersible pump at a low

flow rate.

8

Page 16: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5B02 ; Sep -7 -01 10:59; Page 7

6. All wells with pumps will be purged and sampled using the installed pumps.

• Monitoring well BW-3 will be purged a minimum of 4 volumes, lids will be

done because of an initially high pH of the purge water. Prior to sampling, the

water quality must be stable and the pH must be less than 7.

• Because of their 1 -inch diameter construction, monitoring wells MW-18 and

MW-20 will be purged using a check value and tubing. Water quality

measurements will be recorded as each well volume is purged. When three well

volumes have been purged and the water quality parameters have stabilized to +/-

10%, the well will be considered adequately purged and the sample collected.

• All other wells without pumps will be purged and sampled using the low flow

procedure outlined in Tt SOP #313 (low flow), if possible.

7. At the triple well cluster #4, located north and east of MW-20, the drilling cuttings, well

development water, purge water, and decontamination fluids generated by field investigation

activities will be placed on the ground around the drilling location. Fluids will be prohibited

from entering any surface-water body, and cuttings will be graded level to ground surface. In the

April 2001 sampling, BCEE was not detected in the samples from MW-41 or MW-26N. No

volatile organic compounds, semi-volatile organic compounds, or metals were detected above

their respective MCLs in these two wells.

For well location #7, the drilling cuttings, well development water, purge water, and

decontamination fluids generated by field investigation activities will be placed on the ground

around the drilling location.

For the well installations at locations #5 and #6, the drilling cuttings, well development water,

purge water, and decontamination fluids generated by field investigation activities will be

drummed. Drums will be stored on plastic, near the well location, away from areas of vehicle

traffic. The drums will be labeled with the well number; drum ID number; date; and

Page 17: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

development/purge water or depth interval for soil drums. The first sampling of the well shall be

for TCL/TAL. Based on the results of those water samples, a disposal option for the water

associated with that monitoring well will be proposed to the USEPA for approval. If based on the

TCL/TAL water sample, the water will not be discharged to the ground, one composite soil

sample will be collected from the drums containing the soil cuttings associated with that

monitoring well and analyzed for TCL/TAL using methods OLC02.1 and ILM04.1 and BiCEE

SIM. From the sample results, disposal options will be determined and provided to the USEPA

for approval.

Based on the first monitoring well ground water sample results, disposal options will include:

• If organic compounds are not detected above the MCLs, the disposal option shall be to

discharge the water and soil cuttings to the ground.

• If organic compounds are detected above the MCLs, on-site treatment or off-site disposal

will be considered.. If off-site disposal is selected, additional samples will be collected to

meet the requirements of the off-site disposal facility.

8. A field notebook will be maintained to record well purging data. Figure 3 presents an

example of a well sampling log data sheet including purging information.

9. Well sampling will be performed at the conclusion of purging or at any time after the well

has recovered sufficiently to sample.

10. Following purging and stabilization of the water quality parameters, a sample will be

collected into appropriate containers using a Grundfos Readyflow II pump or equivalent. The

pumping rate will be reduced to a rate appropriate for the collection of the sample. Sample

bottles will be filled directly from the pump. Volatile organic analysis vials will be filled

first, then the bottles for the remaining analyses.

10

Page 18: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 Sep-7-01 11:00; Page 8/23

11. All sample bottles will be pre-labeled in the field using a waterproof permanent marker. The

following information will be included:

• Site and Sample identification code

• Project number

• Date/time

• Sampler's initials

• Preservation added (if any)

• Analysis to be performed

12. The sample will be collected into bottles, which are pre-cleaned, by the laboratory with

appropriate preservative added. The sample will be placed on ice in coolers for transport

to the analytical laboratory. Chain of custody procedures will be initiated prior to sample

shipment to the laboratory.

3.3 - Water Level Measurements

Water-level measurements will be made at each well on a monthly basis. This data will be

incorporated into the monthly piezometric map. The following wells will be measured:

Current Well Description Number of Locations Wells Can-entry MeasuredArtesian Water Company AWC-2, AWC-6, AWC-7,

AWCG3, AWC-K1Army Creek Recovery Wells RW-1,RW-10,RW-12,RW-

13, MW-27, MW-28, MW-29,MW-31

On-site Monitoring Wells 12

Off-site Monitoring Wells

MW-1A,MW-69,MW-18,MW-34, MW-40, MW-4166, MW-67, MW-68, BW-1,BW-2, BW-3MW-26N, MTVM9N, MW-20,MW-22N, MW-3SN, TW-4

Delaware Sand & Gravel RT-1UP, DOC-2s, EK3C-7S,MW-45, DGC-5

11

Page 19: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 Sep-7-01 11:00; Page 9/23

Up-gradJent Wells

Columbia Fm WellsAmoco Production WellsStream GaugesUp-stream gaugesDown-stream gaugesProposed Well DescriptionRecovery WellNew Columbia Fm WellsNew Potomac Fm Wells

4

43Number of Locations21Number of Locations136

MW-54, MW-56, MW-57,MW-58B-18,C-l,C-2,C-3PW-1, PW-2, PW-3Gauges Currently MeasuresSG-2, SG-3SG-1Wells to be MeasuredRW-11RC-4, C-5, C-6P-4U, P-4L, P-5U, P-5L P-6, P-7

Water-level measurements will be obtained using the following procedure:

1. All sampling team members will wear new and clean disposable gloves to protect

team members from exposure to potentially contaminated groundwaier, and to

minimize the potential for cross-contamination between samples.

2. Remove the lock from the locking cap covering the well. The measurement

reference point is notched on the protective well casing.

3. Standing upwind, remove the well cap and allow the well to vent.

4. Lower the cleaned probe to the static-water level.

5. Record the monitoring well number and the distance from the measured reference

point of the static-water level lo Ihe nearest 0:01-foot.

6. Lower the probe to the bottom of the well. Record the distance from the measured

reference point to bottom of the well.

12

Page 20: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

7. Remove the probe, decontaminating the probe as it is brought to the surface. The

decontamination procedure is as follows:

a. Saturate a clean paper towel with ten- percent methanol hi water solution. All

decontamination solution solvents will be reagent quality or higher. "Water

used to make up the solution will be from a clean, potable supply.

b. Wipe along the length of the cable and the probe, discarding and replacing the

towel as it becomes soiled.

c. Rinse the rewound spool of the probe with demonized water, using a hand

sprayer.

8. Obtain water-level measurements from all monitoring wells prior to the beginning

of purging and sampling.

3.4 Surface Water Sampling

Surface water sampling procedures will follow EPA protocols as described in "Sampling

Protocol for Collecting Surface Water, Bed Sediments, Bivalves, and Fish for Priority Pollutants,

1982". A total of two surface water samples will be collected. The first sample will be taken

near Denton landfill and the second will be taken upstream near the offices of the TSC/DS&G

trust office. The locations of the surface of water samples are shown on Figure 2 hi the FSP. The

primary objective to obtaining surface water samples is to determine the concentration of BCEE

in Delaware River to determine if it is a possible source of contamination.

3.4.1 - Surface Water Sampling Procedures

13

Page 21: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

1. Prior to sampling, decontaminate all sampling equipment according to Tt SOP #

501 in the FSP. Inspect and calibrate all field instruments, according to the

manufacture's recommendations, to ensure they are in proper working condition.

Thereafter, all field instruments will be calibrated daily and as needed.

2. All sample bottles will be inventoried and inspected. All sample bottles will be

prepared by the laboratory.

3. The following information will be entered on the Surface Water/Sediment

Sampling log: sample location and description (including sketch or photograph of

sample location); depth of water column; date; time; personnel conducting the

sampling; and any other pertinent information.

4. Temperature, pH, specific conductivity, oxidation-reduction potential, and

dissolved oxygen measurements will be collected and recorded in the field!

notebook. In addition, all visual observations will be recorded in the field

notebook. All field measurements will be performed hi dedicated glassware.

5. All of the sampling equipment will be rinsed with sample water to remove any

residual decontamination chemicals, prior to sampling.

6. Using a Pole Operated Bottle Sampler, collect the surface water samples.

7. The samples will be transferred to labeled and preserved sample bottles by slowly

pouring the sample down the side of the sample bottle. The sample bottles will be

labeled with the folio whig information: analysis requested, preservative, date,

time, sample location and identification, and initials of personnel conducting the

14

Page 22: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

sampling. For a discussion of the appropriate bottleware and preservatives, see

Section 6.0 of the FSP.

8. The samples will be placed in a cooler with ice and kept at 4°C.

9. The sample identifications and analyses will be recorded on a chain-of-custody

form, and then transported under proper chain of custody to the laboratory.

3.5 Field Logbook Records

Field personnel will maintain a field logbook with documentation of all pertinent informal ion

about field activities and samples, including identification similar to information on the sample

labels and chain-of-custody forms. Entries in the logbook will be made in ink and will include a

description of field activities; names of individuals involved; date, time, and identification of

samples; and all field measurements except those for which a specific form exists. Page numbers

and author's initials will be written on each page used.

3.6 Generated Waste Disposal

At the triple well cluster #4, located north and east of MW-20, the drilling cuttings, well

development water, purge water, and decontamination fluids generated by field investigation

activities will be placed on the ground around the drilling location. Fluids will be prohibited

from entering any surface-water body, and cuttings will be graded level to ground surface.. In the

April 2001 sampling, BCEE was not detected in the samples from MW-41 or MW-26N. No

volatile organic compounds, semi-volatile organic compounds, or metals were detected above

their respective MCLs in these two wells.

For well location #7, the drilling cuttings, well development water, purge water, and

decontamination fluids generated by field investigation activities will be placed on the ground

around the drilling location.

15

Page 23: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

For the well installations at locations #5 and #6, the drilling cuttings, well development water,

purge water, and decontamination fluids generated by field investigation activities will be

drummed. Drums will be stored on plastic, near the well location, away from areas of vehicle

traffic. The drums will be labeled with the well number; drum ID number; date; and

development/purge water or depth interval for soil drums. The first sampling of the well shall be

for TCL/TAL. Based on the results of those water samples, a disposal option for the water

associated with that monitoring well will be proposed to the USEPA for approval. If based on the

TCL/TAL water sample, the water will not be discharged to the ground, one composite soil

sample will be collected from the drums containing the soil cuttings associated with that

monitoring well and analyzed for TCL/TAL using methods OLC02.1 and ILM04.1 and BCEE

SIM. From the sample results, disposal options will be determined and provided to the USEPA

for approval.

Based on the first monitoring well ground water sample results, disposal options will include:

• If organic compounds are not detected above the MCLs, the disposal option shall be to

discharge the water and soil cuttings to the ground.

• If organic compounds are detected above the MCLs, on-site treatment or off-site disposal

will be considered.. If off-site disposal is selected, additional samples will be collected to

meet the requirements of the off-site disposal facility.

SECTION 4.0 - ANALYTICAL PROGRAM

The groundwater samples collected from each location will be analyzed for low level BCEE and

USPEA Target Compound List (TCL) and Target Analyte List (TAL).

16

Page 24: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 Sep-7-01 11:00; Page 10/23

4.1 Methodology

The methods specified will include analyzing for bis (2-chlorethyl) ether (BCEE) in parts per

trillion (ng/L) in the groundwater samples and mg/kg in the soil samples. Also two rounds of

ground water samples will be collected for the USEPA Target Compound List (TCL) and Target

Analyte List (TAL) analysis. The first round of TCL/TAL samples was collected in April 2001.

The second round is scheduled for late June/early July 2001. Two sampling events for the Target

Compound List and Target Analyte List (TCL/TAL) will be completed on each new well The

first sample will be taken upon completion of the well and the second sampling one quarter later.

Analysis

Full TCLATAL

Cyanide

BCEE

TOC

Water Methodology

OLC02.11LM04.1ILM 04.1

SW846- 3520C/8270C (low level -ng)No samples to be collected for thisanalysis

Soil Methodology

No samples to be collected for thisanalysisNo samples to be collected for thisanalysisSW-846 3540C/8270C

EPA 4 15.1 modified

4.2 Analytical Program Quality Assurance and Quality Control

The Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) program for sampling of the groundwater will

consist of the collection and analysis of duplicate samples, spiked samples, equipment blank, and

trip (field) blanks. The purpose of this is to ensure that the analyses performed by the analytical

laboratory are in agreement with the samples that have been obtained so that the laboratory can

show that their results can be reproduced. The program will include the following:

• One Field blank will be collected for every twenty samples collected.

• Ten- percent field duplicates (at least one per round of sampling).

17

Page 25: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Ten- percent equipment blanks (at least one per round of sampling).

Five percent spikes (at least one per round of sampling).

The laboratory QA/QC will be included in the final report. The laboratory data will be submitted

in electronic format, if required. (See attached Quality Assurance Project Plan for further

details.)

SECTION 5.0 - Groundwater Modeling

A three-dimensional ground-water flow model will be constructed and calibrated for the areasurrounding the Army Creek Landfill. The model will be constructed using the United StatesGeological Survey (USGS) MODFLOW model, which is a standard for modeling ground-waterflow in the United States.

The model will incorporate the Army Creek Landfill (ACL), the Delaware Sand & GravelLandfill (DS&GL), the Amoco/Dureco Site, the Denton Landfill, and the Artesian WaterCompany's Llangollen Wellfield. The model will extend from the subcrop of the UpperPotomac formation on the west, to the Delaware River on the east. The northern boundary hasnot been selected yet, but will be far enough from the subject sites that the choice of Ixmndarywill not effect model predictions. Some further analysis is required to properly site this northernboundary.

It was initially planned to make the southern boundary go through the center of the Llangollenwellfield, as was used for the Dunn Geoscience model constructed for the DS&GL RemedialInvestigation. This approach assumes symmetry hi the flow field around the wellfield, andsimulates these production wells at half their pumping rates because only half the flow field (i.e.,from Llangollen wellfield north to Army Creek) is modeled. However, we recently receivedinformation that an injection well is located somewhere south of the wellfield. Therefore,information regarding the location, injection rates, and source of the injected water is beingobtained from the Artesian Water Company to determine what impact this could have on themodel, and if the southern boundary of the model needs to be changed.

The model will incorporate the unconfined Columbia Aquifer and the underlying Upper PotomacAquifer. The Columbia Aquifer must be included in this model for two reasons: 1) thecontaminant source is most likely in the Columbia Aquifer; and 2) there is some degree of

18

Page 26: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

interconnection between the Columbia and Potomac Aquifers. The Dunn Geoscience modelsimulated these same formations, and cited the regional USGS model of the Potomac Aquifer,which showed limited communication between the Upper and Middle Potomac Aquifers.

Unlike the Dunn Geoscience model, which was not rigorously calibrated, the proposed modelwill be calibrated to two different time periods. The first will be 1998, when the Army Creekrecovery wells were pumping approximately 0.5 million gallons-per-day (MGD). The 1998 timeperiod was also chosen because we have water-level data for shallow well points installed atAmoco/Durecp. The model will be calibrated to average (steady-state) conditions by comparingthe model to average water levels from all available monitoring wells. The calibration willproceed by adjusting model parameters and boundary conditions within reasonable limits until anacceptable match is achieved between the observed and simulated water levels.

After the 1998 calibration is finished, the model will be verified using a complete and recentround of water-level measurements collected after installation of the new monitoring wells andwhile the Army Creek wells are pumping approximately 1 MGD. If adjustments are required tomodel parameters, both the recent and 1998 models will be recalibrated simultaneously. Thiscan be done relatively easily using the newest version of MODFLOW, called MODFLOW2000.

Once calibrated, the model will be used to determine the optimum well locations and piumpingrates to minimize the vertical and lateral spread of contamination, while containing the plume tomitigate the migration of contaminants to the Artesian Water Company's Llangollen wellfield.Optimization is a relatively new technology that uses the calibrated MODFLOW model todetermine pumping requirements for plume containment. Specialized software, such asMODOFC (http://www.ecs.umass.edu/modofc/), or Environmental Simulations' Brute Forcesoftware, will be used to perform the optimization analysis.

Information Requirements

Consistent sets of hydrogeologic data are essential for the proposed ground-water modeling.Firstly, the locations of all ground-water monitoring wells and the elevations of monitoringpoints must be surveyed to a single coordinate system and elevation benchmark. At the end oflast year, representatives of DS&G Remedial Trust indicated that the locations of various wellson different maps were depicted inaccurately, bringing into question the surveyed locations andelevations of all of the wells and other features. To develop a consistent set of survey data, NewCastle County has already contracted to have the entire area surveyed, including all wells withinthe proposed model area. The survey included an aerial planimetric survey, which has alreadybeen completed, plus field surveying of the various wells. All of the wells in the vicinity of theACL and the DS&GL were surveyed, except those wells within the fenced area of the DSG&L.The wells on the Denton property no longer exist, and therefore could not be surveyed. Thewells on the Amoco property that could be located were surveyed, but other wells (primarily thetemporary piezometers installed hi the Columbia) still need to be located and surveyed.

Accurate lithologic, well construction and water-level data will also be needed to construct anaccurate hydrogeologic model of the area. All existing boring logs and well construction logswill be reviewed. The lithologic data will be used to depict the varying thicknesses of thedifferent units (i.e., Columbia Aquifer, upper portion of the Upper Potomac Aquifer, lower

19

Page 27: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

portion of the Upper Potomac Aquifer, and the clay layers separating the aquifer units) across themodeled area. The water-level and well construction data (e.g., screened intervals) will then beused to assign potentiometric values at various depths and locations.

Also of critical importance to construct an accurate and representative hydrogeologic model ofthe area is the exact location and construction of the slurry wall. The slurry-wall system is actingas a separate hydrogeologic unit, and cannot be ignored hi the construct of the model.

Pumping rate data (both historical and future) for inside the slurry wall will be needed for boththe 1998 and 2001 model calibrations. The historical 1998 data should be readily available. Ifany pumping from inside the slurry wall is done hi the future (i.e., before or during the time ofthe synoptic water-level measurements for the 2001 calibration), we will need this information aswell to complete the model calibration.

Pumping data for the Artesian Water Company's Llangollen Well Field also will be needed formodel calibration. We already have the historical (1998) pumping data. However, the future(2001) data will be needed. Both historic and future injection rate data for the injection well mayalso be needed, if that well is within the model area.

Surface-water gauging also will be needed to complete the hydrologic data for the water table.Some surface-water gauging stations have already been installed and surveyed by New CasteCounty's contractors. If additional stations are needed, they will be added.

To complete the model calibration, one or two rounds of synoptic water-level measurements atall of the existing and new wells, plus surface-water gauging stations, will be needed. Lkhologicand well construction data for all of the new wells (including the Amoco wells) will be used.

Chemical quality data, particularly that for bis-2-chloroethylether (BCEE) or any othercontaminant of particular concern, will be needed to develop the optimal pumping strategy.Specifically, information indicating the location(s) of the probable source(s) is critical, becausethe optimal remedial strategy would include source control (e.g., pumping for containment at thesource(s)), and would need to incorporate a pumping strategy that would minimize the potentialfor vertical and lateral spreading of the source material (e.g., minimize or reverse the downwardgradient from the Columbia to the Potomac in the source area(s)). New Castle County hasalready performed two additional rounds of ground-water sampling (December 2001/January2001 and a second event in April 2001) to better evaluate the spatial distribution of BCEE at thesite. It is understood that BCEE data is currently being generated at the DS&GL and will becollected at the Amoco property.

We understand that DS&GL has analyzed ground-water samples collected hi January 2001 forBCEE, and that the EPA will share this data with us as soon. We also will need any futureBCEE data, as well as other chemical-quality data, collected by the DS&GL Trust and at theAmoco/Dureco property.

Anticipated Schedule

20

Page 28: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

BCEE data, as well as other chemical-quality data, collected by the DS&GL Trust and at theAmoco/Dureco property.

Anticipated Schedule

The initial calibration with the 1998 data can be completed within four to six weeks ofcompleting the on-site survey of the DS&GL and Amoco properties and receiving theoutstanding supplemental information (e.g., slurry-wall as-builts and historical slurry-wallpumping data). A conceptual ground-water modeling report will be prepared based on this initialcalibration, and will be submitted to EPA and DNREC. After installation and development ofthe new wells, both those by New Castle County and at the Amoco property, synoptic roumds ofwater-level measurements from wells and surface-water gauging stations across the entiremodeled area will be collected. Approximately eight weeks will be needed to refine the modelcalibration and evaluate various pumping strategies.

It is New Castle County's intention to expedite execution of the ground-water modeling so thatany modifications to the pumping strategy needed for the site can be implemented to mitigate thepotential spread of BCEE. In the interim, New Castle County has increased the total pumpingfrom the existing recovery well system, although there is no guarantee that this action is optimalfor protecting the Llangollen Well Field or that it will achieve the desire results.

It is important to remember that source control is a key element of accepted remedial strategyand EPA and DNREC policy. Therefore, if at any tune the data indicate the presence of anyBCEE "hotspots", we would suggest that actions be taken as soon as possible to aggressivelyaddress the source(s). If the source(s) is located within the Columbia, then we would stronglyrecommend that remedial actions focus on the Columbia, while reducing or eliminating pumpingof the Potomac hi the immediate source area(s) to minimize the potential for vertical and lateralspreading of the source material (e.g., minimize or reverse the downward gradient from theColumbia to the Potomac in the source area(s)).

Section 6.0 - Project Schedule

The schedule for the work to be completed at the sites is presented below. This is anestimate of time to complete the work and does not take into consideration stand-by time ordown time during well installation or external factors that may delay the investigation. NewCastle County has scheduled these tasks prior to acceptance of the Work Plan and will proceedunless notified otherwise.

ACTIVITY SCHEDULED START/COMPLETION

Well Installation

ft

Develop Well Specifications August 31,2001 Complete

21

Page 29: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENQ AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Jan-29-02 13:53;Pace 3/4

Advertise Contract/ Award Bid October 9,2001Mobilize and Start Installation October 30,2001Complete Well Installation February 4,2002Well installation report February 28,2002

(Field procedures, boring logs, well construction logs)

Sampling and Analysis of New Wells

Monthly water levels Week of February 18,2002Week of March 18,2002 (Monthlythereafter)

First (of 4) Quarterly BCEE Analysis February, 2002 StartFirst (of 2) Quarterly TCL/TAL Analysis February, 2002 StartFebruary data validated and reported to EPA April 30,2002April data validated and reported to RPA June 15,2002

Groundwater Flow Modeling

Initial Groundwater Model Calibration Report August 29,2003(Including Conceptual Site Model)

EPA Comments on Initial Groundwater Model Calibration Report Anticipated byOctober 30,2001Final Groundwatej: Model Calibration Report May 13,2002 or 8 weeks after newwells are developed and at least 2 rounds of synoptic ground water and surface water levelmeasurements are completed)Optimization Study Report June 13,2002

Compliance with the modeling schedule is contingent upon on all of the new datafrom the Amoco site and the Delaware Sand & Gravel site being provided promptly tothe County and its consultants from those parties collecting such data. In addition, alldates regarding the installation, sampling and testing of wells are predicated upon normalweather conditions,

Optimization Study Report

The Optimization Study Report ("Report") shall include conclusions (drawn fromthe sampling and modeling undertaken as part of the Work Plan) and recommendations(including the basis for such) with respect to the following:

1) Any necessary additional sampling and/or monitoring; and

2) Modifications to the existing groundwater recovery system, including but notlimited to changes in the wellfield pumping rates and additional or alternativepumping locations; and

Page 30: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Jan-29-02 13:54; Page 4/4

to reduce

Page 31: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

FIGURE 1

Monitoring Well Design

Page 32: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

2" LOCKINGPRESSURE CAP

DEPTHVARIES

COLUMBIA FORMATION(UNCONFINED AQUIFER)..

4" PROTECTIVE CASINGWITH LOCKING CAP

GROUND SURFACE

CONCRETE APRON(12" THICK x 3' SQUARE)

-2" SCH 40 PVC CASING

• CEMENT/BENTONITE GROUT

APPROX 12' OFMORIE #2 GRAIN

SIZE FILTER PACK

IK2'THICK BENTONITE PELLET/CHIP SEAL

•10'- SCH 40 PVC SCREENWITH 0 020" SLOT

-10" DIAMETER BOREHOLE

CUPPER CLAY IINIT;=?-JgPOTOMAC FORMATlONgggg-^(CONFINING

TETRA TECH, INC.

TYPICAL 2" MONITORING WELLCONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM

0151 TWO INCH MW

Page 33: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

6" PROTECTIVE CASING

w/ LOCKING CAP

POTOMAC FORMATION . '

(CONFINED AQUIFER)' '

APPROX 12' OF

SIZE FILTER PACK

jg* UPPER POTOMAC a- =-=^ggf DIVIDING CLAY

SS(CONFINING LAYER)

4" SCHEDULE 40 PVC CASING, THREADED J(

2' THICK BENTONITE PELLET/CHIP SEAL

•10' of 4" SCHEDULE 40 PVC

W/ 0 02" SLOT SCREEN

-FILTER PACK

TETRA TECH, UNO.

TYPICAL 4" MONITORING WELLCONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM - (DOUBLE CASED)

0151 DOUBLE CASED MW

Page 34: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

6" PROTECTIVE CASINGw/ LOCKING CAP

1 "

DEF

ORMATION VAR

D AQUIFER)

MKvtfUWfca^™™ *

AV 1 1 kl I T misis^ss£rai.

•ORMATION:ZIZ.: -1

NG LAYER) _£—"

FORMATIOND AQUIFER)

__

OTOMiC ss-siia^ .CLAY ggg .

j LAYER) ^^_^___*

JTHIES

1

L_ i

i

t-

^

1|^1

i\ty<'A

\\y/

\//

*•

vm

^»-

, — -GROUND SURFA

J "

\. CONCRETE APRON(12" THICK * 3' S

CASING CENTRAL1ZERS(MIN EVERY 20' 0 C )

— 16 DIAMETER BOREHOLE (MIN)

CEMENT

12" OUTER CONDUCTOR CASING

— 12" DIAMETER BOREHOLE

* 8" DIAMETER STEEL CASING

CEMENT/BENTONITE GROUT

, A" cpurniji r Ar\ pwp PA^INP THRFAnPD

« CEMENT

/- 2' THICK BENTONITE PELLET/CHIP SEAL

POTOMAC FORMATION(CONFINED AQUIFER)

APPROX 12' OFMORIE #2 GRAIN

SIZE FILTER PACK

SCHEDULE 40 PVCw/ (0 02" SLOT SCREEN

-FILTER PACK

-8" DIAMETER BOREHOLE

TETRA TECH, INC.

TYPICAL 4" MONITORING WELLCONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM - (TRIPLE CASED)

0151 TRIPLE CASED MW

Page 35: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

FIGURE 2

Well Drilling Log

Page 36: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

LOGGED BY:

SCREENED SIZEAND MATERIAL:

CASING SIZE AND MATERIAL:

GRAVEL PACK SIZE:

GROUT TYPE:

GROUTING METHOD:

DEVELOPMENTMETHOD: TIME.

STATIC WATER DEPTH: DATE:

SCREENED INTERVAL:

CASED INTERVAL.

PACKED INTERVAL:

GROUTED INTERVAL.

BENTONITE SEAL: |

ESTIMATEDYIELD:

REFERENCE:

REMARKS:

f:\iMfxiataVoims\environm\dnlling.log

Page 37: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

FIGURES

Water Level Measurement Locations

Page 38: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

\

57®C-3

C-2

ARMY CREEK LANDFILL

JIFMYPONDs

<-28

®20(BW-3

®,38N BW-2

BW-1®

^22N

49N

go.2

RECOVER? WELL

POTOMAC AOUFER WELL

COLUMBIA AOUFER WELL

ARTESIAN WATER CO. WELL, POTOMAC AOUFER

STREAM OAQE

CONRAL RAILROAD

FENCE UNE

Army

oac-5

DQCSs

OSG.SUPBV=UND

DSG LANDFILL

\. _

FormerAmoco Property

SITE

AWCK1

T \0151-10\Bosemap_2rdwg

PW-39

PW-1

O 6OO 120O

APPRO*. SCALE IN FEET

TETRA TECH, INC.£MQNE5SS ° ARCHTECTS •> SOENTJSTS

FIGURE 3Water Level Measurement Locations

Investigation of Contamination inColumbia Formation and

Upper Potomac Formation AquifersWork Plan

Page 39: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ATTACHMENT 1

BCEE Sample Location

Page 40: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

DQC2a

DSG*SUPERFUND

ARMY CREEK LANDFILL

FormerAmoco Property

DSG LANDFILL

MMYPOND.

SUPERFUNDSITE

600 1.2OO

APPROX. SCALE 0V FEETRECOVER? WELL

POTOMAC AOUFER WELL

ARTESIAN WATER CO. WELL. POTOMAC AOUFER

STREAM OAOS

CONRAL RAUtOAD

FENCE UNE

PROPOSEDMONTTOHNO WELL LOCATION

TETRA TECH, INCENQNEERS ° AfKHTECTS « SCtENTJSTS

FIGUREJ yGround Water Sample Location Map

AWC-TP (treatment plant)Muent and Effluent

Investigation of Contamination inColumbia Formation and

Upper Potomac Formation AquifersField Sampling Plan

Page 41: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Attachment 2

Quality Assurance Project Plan

Page 42: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Quality Assurance Project Plan

Investigation of Contamination inColumbia Formation and Potomac Formation Aquifers

New Castle, New Castle County, Delaware

August 2001

Prepared by:

Tetra Tech

Prepared for:

New Castle CountyNew Castle, Delaware

Page 43: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

"t . **• , - ,' s.*~* * • J?* * - '* 'I

ARMY CREEK.QAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

FORWARD

This document presents a site-specific Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP). The QAPP was preparedby Tetra Tech (Tt) to encompass all activities (field, laboratory, and contract deliverables) related to theacquisition and reporting of measurement and chemical data for the Investigation of Contamination inColumbia and UpperPotomac Formation Aquifers, hereafter referred to as the Investigation.

The QAPP is organized into the following sections:

Section 1 - Project Management;

Section 2 - Measurement and Data Acquisition;

Section 3 - Assessment and Oversight;

Section 4 - Data Validation and Usability.

Page 44: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

1.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

1.1 TITLE AND APPROVAL SHEET

NEW CASTLE COUNTYNEW CASTLE, NEW CASTLE COUNTY, DELAWARE

DRAFT QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN

AUGUST 2001

Investigation of Contamination inColumbia Formation and Potomac Formation Aquifers

Prepared by:

TETRA TECH, Inc.

Page 45: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

APPROVALS:

ARMY CREEK^QAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

SIGNATURE PAGE

Carl K. Hsu, Ph.D., P.E.Tetra Tech Project Manager

Date

David E. Neidigh, P.G.Tetra Tech Site Manager

Date

James D. HoustonNew Castle CountyEnvironmental Compliance Manager

Date

EPA Quality Assurance Manager Date

Page 46: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

v ~ -ir -I; 1. , ' "- ^- * ~ . * *" ~ _]

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

1.0 PRO JECT MANAGEMENT 11.1 TITLE AND APPROVAL SHEET 11.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 31.3 DISTRIBUTION LIST ._. 51.4 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITY 5

1.4.1 Tt Project Manager 51.4.2 Tt Site Manager 51.4.3 Tt Project Team 61.4.4 Subcontractors 6

1.5 PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION AND BACKGROUND 71.6 PROJECT/TASK DESCRIPTION 71.7 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR MEASUREMENT DATA 7

1.7.1 Data Quality Objectives 81.7.2 Project Scope 131.7.3 Prioritized Data Uses and Decisions 131.7.4 Descriptions of Data Quality Assessment Procedures 13

1.8 PROJECT NARRATIVE 161.9 SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 171.10 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS 17

2.0 MEASUREMENT/DATA ACQUISITION 172.1 SAMPLING PROCESS DESIGN 172.2 SAMPLING METHODS REQUIREMENTS 172.3 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CUSTODY REQUIREMENTS 172.4 ANALYTICAL METHODS REQUIREMENTS 182.5 QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 182.6 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 18

2.6.1 Inspections 182.6.2 Maintenance 18

2.7 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND FREQUENCY 182.8 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF

SUPPLIES AND CONSUMABLES 192.9 REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCEPTANCE OF OUTSIDE DATA 192.10 DATA MANAGEMENT 19

2.10.1 Field Data 192.10.2 Laboratory Data 19

3.0 ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT 203.1 ASSESSMENTS AND RESPONSE ACTIONS 20

3.1.1 Performance Audits 203.1.2 Systems Audits 213.1.3 Audit Procedure 21

3.2 OUT OF CONTROL EVENTS 213.2.1 Responses to Out-of-Control Events 213.2.2 Reevaluation of Laboratory Control Limits 223.2.3 Documentation of Out-of-Control Events and Corrective Actions 22

3.3 REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT 223.3.1 Audit reports 223.3.2 Response 223.3.3 Follow-up Action 22

Page 47: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

4.0 DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY 234.1 REQUIREMENTS & METHODS FOR DATA REVIEW,

VALIDATION, AND VERIFICATION 234.2 RECONCILIATION OF RESULTS WITH PROJECT DATA QUALITY

OBJECTIVES 23

Page 48: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEK.QAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

1.3 DISTRIBUTION LIST

Tt Project Manager

Tt Site Manager

New Castle County Environmental Compliance Manager

EPA Project Manager

1.4 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITY

General quality assurance (QA) responsibilities for Tt personnel for the Investigation are as follows:

The Tt Site Manager for this work assignment is David E. Neidigh, P.G. The Tt Program Manager forthe contract is Dr. Carl Hsu. Both are located in the Tetra Tech Christiana, DE office. The projectorganization described below identifies the site-specific responsibilities of the project personnel as relatesto the efficient identification of and implementation of quality assurance objectives and requirements, andto facilitate the resolution of any quality assurance problems encountered during the Investigation.

1.4.1 Tt Project Manager

The responsibilities of the Program Manager under this QAPP include ensuring the following:

• All wo± performed under this QAPP is in compliance with New Castle County Scope of Servicesfor the project.

• Program budget proposals include provisions to comply with environmental protection requirementsand taking appropriate management actions to include sufficient environmental resources forassigned functions in budget proposals.

• Appropriate environmental requirements are included in program plans.

• Sufficient staff and resources are available to complete project work and deliverables withinestablished schedule.

• Activities performed by Tt personnel meet identified project goals.

1.4.2Tt Site Manager

The responsibilities of the Site Manager include:

• Reviewing the QAPP to ensure that all QA work elements comply with all applicable Tt standardoperating procedures (SOPs).

• Reviewing other project plans to ensure their compliance with the QAPP.

• Conducting or arranging for the performance of QA assessment and auditing activities, and ensuringthat out-of-compliance issues are resolved in accordance with this QAPP.

Page 49: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

• Developing and implementing programs that direct subcontractors to conduct site activities, andproviding for oversight, conformation, and independent verification of those subcontractor programs.

• Reviewing and authorizing release of Tt deliverables to New Castle County (Note that the ProjectManager may perform this function as an alternate to the Site Manager)

• Performing a general QA review of the data validation subcontractor to ensure compliance withspecified protocols. _ _ . . -

• Maintaining the QA documents in the manner specified in this QAPP.

• Abiding by and ensuring that the requirements of this QAPP are implemented by site personnelunder their authority.

• Ensuring that personnel under their authority attend the training required under this QAPP.

• Curtailing or suspending any site operation that poses a clear and present danger to site personnel,members of the public or the environment.

• Identifying and resolving QA problems and/or deficiencies that may arise on-site in relation to theinvestigation activities described in this plan.

1.4.3Tt Project Team

The general responsibilities for the project team include:

• Developing, reviewing and understanding this QAPP.

• Implementing environmental monitoring activities and QA procedures, such as during samplingactivities, according to the provisions of this QAPP.

• Attending the training required by this QAPP and following the guidelines and procedures presentedin the training.

1.4.4 Subcontractors

Subcontractors performing investigation activities will report directly to the Tt Site Manager. Under theQAPP, subcontractor responsibilities include:

• Review environmental requirements and QA procedures specified by this QAPP.

• Implement activities and QA procedures according to the provisions of this QAPP.

Page 50: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

1.5 PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION AND BACKGROUND

Based on the historical sampling conducted as part of Consent Decree and other site assessment activities,the potential contaminants of concern (COCs) at the Army Creek Superfund site include volatile organiccompounds (VOCs), semi-volatile organic compounds, PCBs, pesticides, herbicides, and selected metals(barium, silver, mercury, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead, selenium), nitrate nitrogen and nitritenitrogen.

Further, the semi-volatile organic compound bis (2-chloroethly) ether (BCEE) was identified at theArtesian Water Company's Llangollen well field well AWC-7 in June 1999 and reported to the UnitedStates Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) in October 1999. It was present at a concentrationbelow the USEPA action level of 0.96 ug/L. Subsequent testing of the water from the Llangollen wellfield by the Office of Drinking Water in the Delaware Division of Public Health in October 1999 indicatedconcentrations of BCEE above the action level. Subsequently, Artesian Water Company shut down theLlangollian well field and installed a treatment system. The Llangollen well field was brought back on-line in January 2001.

Site background, initial evaluation, project objectives and proposed activities are detailed in the NewCastle County Work Plan (WP) for the Investigation. Section 2.0 of the Work Plan defines the objectivesof the investigation. The Field Sampling Plan (FSP) contains the specific technical approaches proposedto be used in the sampling portion of the Investigation to collect data of sufficient content, quality, andquantity to attain the objectives of the Investigation.

1.6 PROJECT/TASK DESCRIPTION

Details of the Investigation are presented in the Work Plan for the Army Creek Superfund site and in thesupporting Field Sampling Plan. The objective and a descriptive listing of each task to be performedduring the Investigation are detailed in Section 3.0 of the WP.For each task, the following are described in the WP or generally presented in this QAPP:

• a listing of anticipated data collection methods/measurements;• a listing of applicable quality standards or criteria to be used, such as the acceptable sampling and

measurement uncertainty, and the procedures to be used for quality verification;• a listing of the methods of assessment (e.g., the levels of technical reviews and/or audits) to be used;• a projected schedule.

All records relating to the Investigation will be managed in accordance with the Army Creek Superfundsite consent decree.

1.7 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES FOR MEASUREMENT DATA

The purpose of the investigation work plan is to generate data that can provide sufficient quantity andquality of information to make regulatory and remedial action decisions. The main objective of this QAPPis to provide guidelines for maintaining the quality of activities and the quality of data generated duringthe investigation activities.

Page 51: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED"

AUGUST 2001

1.7.1 Data Quality Objectives

Section 1.0 of the WP presents what is known about the Potomac Formation aquifer, and Section 2.0 ofthe WP identifies what data are needed to:

(1) Assess the potential source or sources of BCEE and other contaminants;^(2) Evaluate the current and potential impact on, or risk to, human health or the environment posed by

the presence of BCEE and other compounds in the dissolved phase in the ground water.

The site background described in Section 1 of the WP identifies potentially viable risk pathways.'In orderto ensure the data quality necessary to support or defend the results obtained during the Investigation,section 4.2 of the Work Plan outlines the Analytical Program Quality Assurance and Quality Controlprocess. Data quality objectives are also presented throughout Work Plan Section 3 (Field Investigation).All measurements shall be made so that results are representative of the media (soil, ground water) andconditions being measured. All data shall be calculated and reported in units consistent with otherorganizations reporting similar data to allow comparison of databases.

Data Quality Objectives (POP) Process

The DQO Process is summarized in the following section. Details regarding the DQOprocess are provided in more detail in the referenced sections of the Work and Project Plansas noted.

Step 1 State the ProblemRefer to Section 1.0 and 2.0 of the Work Plan• Identify the members of the planning team:

• Debra Rossi, USEPA• Jim Houston, New Castle County Environmental Compliance Manager• Dr. Carl Hsu, PhD, PE, Terra Tech Project Manager• David E. Neidigh, PG, Tetra Tech Site Manager• Michelle Ruth, PG, Ruth Associates, Inc.• Debra Buniski, PE, Clean Tech Inc.• Jim Rumbaugh, Ground Water Models, Inc.

• Identify the primary decision maker:• Debra Rossi, USEPA• Jim Houston, New Castle County Environmental Compliance Manager

• Description of the problem;• See the Work Plan, Sections 1.0 and 2.0 for a detailed description of the problem

• Resources and Schedule:• Resources

• Tetra Tech is the primary contractor responsible for implementing the WorkPlan.

• CompuChem Laboratory Inc., Gary NC, Analytical lab• Drilling Contractor (to be determined in the future)

• Schedule• See the Work Plan, Section 6.0

8

Page 52: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

Step 2 Identify the DecisionSee Section 2.0 of the Work Plan for additional project objective information• Identify the principal study question(s):

1) What is (are) the potential source area(s) of the BCEE contamination?2) Where are BCEE and other chemical contaminates present in the dissolved phase in

the ground water and at what concentration?3) By what path(s) are the BCEE and other chemical contaminates from potential

source(s) moving toward the Artesian Water Llangollen well field?• Define the alternative actions:

1) Removal of the source area2) Containment of the source area

• Maintain current pumping conditions• Increase pumping• Decrease pumping• Stop pumping

3) Install additional recovery wells• Combine the principle study question and alternatives into a decision statement:

• Determine the source area(s) for BCEE contamination then alter the pumping of therecovery well field to optimize the ground water recovery system at Army Creek tointercept BCEE and other contaminates from reaching the Llangollen well field.

• Prioritize multiple decisions (the following are listed in order of priority:1) Determine the effectiveness of the Artesian Water Company's water treatment system

for the Llangollen well field.2) Determine the path of the BCEE from potential source(s) toward the Llangollen well

field3) Determine where BCEE is present in the dissolved phase in the ground water and at

what concentration.4) Determine the BCEE source area(s)

Step 3 Identify the Inputs to the DecisionSee Section 3.0 of the Work Plan for the specifics on how data are to be collected.• Identify the information that will be required to resolve the decision statement(s):

• Stratigraphy• Well locations• Well screen intervals• Pumping Conditions• Water levels• Chemical characterization of the ground water• Ground water modeling results

• Determine the sources of the information:• Stratigraphy- compiled from drilling logs; previous environmental reports for the

Army Creek, Amoco and Delaware Sand and Gravel sites; Delaware GeologicalSurvey maps and newly installed wells.

Page 53: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep-7-01 11:06; Page 21/23

• Well locations - existing well were resurveyed in January and February 2001. Wells to beinstalled- general locations are shown in the work plan. Exact locations to be determined basedon access constraints.

• Well screen intervals - compiled from drilling logs; previous environmental reports for theArmy Creek, Amoco and Delaware Sand and Grave) sites; and drilling logs for newly installedwells.

• Pumping Conditions - developed from Army Creek monthly reports and Artesian WaterCompany records.

• Water levels - Monthly water level measurements• Chemical characterization of the ground water - To characterize the current ground water

conditions, two rounds of ground water samples were collected and analyzed for TCL/TALusing EPA methods OLC02.1 and ILM04.1 and BCEE using the single ion methodology(SIM) in April 2001 and July 2001. Sampling for BCEE has been completed quarterly sinceJuly 2000.

• Ground water modeling results -MODFLOW• Identify the information that is needed to establish the action level:• The Delaware Division of Public Health's interim advisory MCL for BCEE is 0.096 ug/L.

Other constituents in the ground water will be compared to the relevant MaximumConcentration Limit.

• Confirm that appropriate analytical methods exist to provided the necessary data:• Ground water samples were collected and analyzed for TCL/TAL using EPA methods

OLC02.1 and 1LM04.1 and BCEE using me single ion methodology (SIM). These analyticalmethods provide a laboratory quann'tation limit (LQL) that is generally lower than theMaximum Concentration Limit (MCL). Utilizing the BCEE SJM provides a LQL of 0.05ug/L, less the Delaware Division of Public Health's interim advisory MCL of 0.096 ug/L forBCEE.

Step 4 Define the Boundaries of the StudySee the Work Plan Section 6.0 for the project schedule

• Specify the characteristics that define the population of interest:• The location and concentration of BCEE in the ground water between the Army Creek -

Delaware Sand & Gravel Landfill sites and Artesian Water Company's Llangollen well field.• Define the geographical area within which all decisions must apply:• The area bounded by the Army Creek - Delaware Sand & Gravel Landfill sites and Artesian

Water Company's Llangollen well field• For the ground water model

The northern boundary is approximately 1 miles north of Hie Army Creek Landfill,The eastern boundary is the Delaware RiverThe southern boundary is the centerline through the Llangollen well field,The western boundary is the sub-crop of the Upper Potomac

• Divide the population into strata that have homogeneous characteristics:• Vertically the project is divided into three aquifers, Columbia, Upper Upper Potomac and

Lower Upper Potomac» Determine when to collect data:• Data will be collected quarterly from the list in Section 3.2 (Ground Water Sampling) of the

Work Plan. Analytical parameter to be BCEE by SIM. Wells will be purged and sampledusing low flow techniques where possible.

• Define the scale of decision making:» The concentration of BCEE being distributed to the public from Artesian Water Company's

Llangollen well field.• The concentration of BCEE in the area being monitored and modeled

10

Page 54: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep-7-01 11:06; Page 22/23

• Identify any practical constraints on data collection:• AH wells with pumps will be purged and sampled using the installed pumps.• Monitoring well BW-3 will be purged a minimum of 4 volumes. This will be done because of

an initially high pH of the purge water. Prior to sampling, the water quality must be stable andthe pH must be less than 7.

• Because of their 1-inch diameter construction, monitoring wells MW-18 and MW-20 will bepurged using a check value and tubing. Water quality measurements will be recorded as eachwell volume is purged. When three well volumes have been purged and the water qualityparameters have stabilized to +/-10%, or the well is purged dry, the well will be consideredadequately purged and the sample collected.

« Hew Monitoring wells will be installed at locations where access can be obtained.

Step 5 Develop a Decision Role• Specify the statistical parameter that characterizes a population:• The presence of BCEE, and other compounds, in the ground water within the study area.• Specify the Action level:• The presence of BCEE at a concentration of 0.096 ug/L or greater in the water being supplied

to the Artesian Water Company's distribution system.• The concentrations of other compounds will be compared to the appropriate MCL• Combine the outputs of previous step into "If-Tuen" statements:• IF BCEE is detected in the new monitoring wells at locations 5 or 6, THEN the Grantham

South Operable Unit may be a source area.• IF BCF.E is detected in the new monitoring well at location 7, THEN the Denton Landfill or

areas to the east may be a source area(s).• IF BCEE is detected in the new monitoring wells at locations 5 or 6 AND the ground water

model shows the area to the East of the Grantham South Operable Unit to be a pathway forcontaminated ground water to travel to the Llangollen well field THEN additional recoverywells may be necessary along Grantham Lane to contain ground-water migration.

• IF the concentration of BCEE in the Artesian Water Company's Llangollen well field exceeds0.096 ug/L OR if other contaminates are present above an MCL THEN adjustments will maybe made to the treatment system.

Step 6 Specify Tolerable Limits on Decision Errors• Determine the possible range of the parameter of interest:

, • Concentration of BCEE range from not detected at a concentration of 0.02 ug/L to 740ug/L.• Identify the decision errors and choose the null hypothesis:• Decision errors - population errors are limited by the number of wells being sampled and the

wide spatial distribution of wells. Analytical measurement errors are limited by the selectedanalytical methods, which have low detection limits.

• Null hypothesis - BCEE is present at a concentration of less than 0.096 ug/L in the ArtesianWater Company's distribution system

• Specify a range of possible parameter values where the consequences of decision errors arerelatively minor:

• See table below• Assign probability value to points above and below the action level that reflect the tolerable

probability for the occurrence of decision errors:• See table bolow

11

Page 55: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 Sep-11-01 11:50; Page 2/2

ARMY CREEKQAPK REVISED

AUGUST 2001

True Concentration

< 0.06 ug/L0.06 to 0.080.08 to 0.090.09 to 0.14>0.14

Correct Decision

Not exceedNot exceedDoes exceedDoes exceedDoes exceed

Type of Error

F(+)F(+)F(-)F(-)F(-)

Tolerable Probabilityof Incorrect Decision5%10%Gray Area20%5%

Step 7 Optimize the Design for Obtaining Data• Review the DQO outputs and existing environmental data:

• Work plan reviewed and revised several times based on USEPA review and comments• Develop genera) data collection design alternatives:

• Wells to be installed, sampled, method of sampling and analytical methods specified byUSEPA. in discussion with New Castle County and consultants.

• Ground water flow model developed from discussion with USEPA, New Castle County andconsultants

• Formulate the mathematical expressions needed to solve the design problems for each designalternative:• Not applicable

• Select the optimal sample size that satisfies the DQO for each design alternative:« As specified in Section 3 of the Work Plan

• Select the most resource effective design that satisfies all the DQOs:• Current Work. Plan addresses all prior USEPA comments

• Document the operational details and theoretical assumptions of the selected design in thesampling and analysis plan:• See the Field Sampling Plan.

12

Page 56: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

• • - " - • " . - - , - - . - . - : . ' 1 ' " • • " i - - . . -- '^J.i-i ":.ir'-!:fr~~-7"" :::.~5;

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

1.7.2Project Scope

The investigation will be conducted within the spatial and temporal boundaries discussed in Section 5.0of the WP.

1.7.3 Prioritized Data Uses and Decisions

Sections 3 and 4 of the Work Plan identify the general data uses and decisions for the Investigation,including an explanation of the problem and identification of data gaps which need to be resolved in thestudy.

1.7.4Descriptions of Data Quality Assessment Procedures

QA/Quality Control (QC) objectives are established to ensure that all data collected during theinvestigation are of acceptable quality to support remedial response decisions. The implementation ofappropriate QA/QC procedures allows development of meaningful technical conclusions. Componentsof the QA/QC program include evaluations of the following characteristics of measured data.

• Precision.• Accuracy.• Representativeness.• Completeness.• Comparability.

Precision

Precision is the quantitative agreement between repeated analyses. The precision of sample results can bemeasured by comparing analytical results of replicate samples (from the same sample container) or lessaccurately by comparing the results of duplicate samples (from different sample containers). The variationin the results is a measure of precision.

Precision can be expressed as the relative percent difference, which is expressed as follows:

rp.-D2iRPD= {Dl±E>2l x 100,

"2

where:RPD = relative percent difference,D! = matrix sample value, and

D2 = duplicate sample value.

Field duplicates are proposed for the ground water and soil mediums to assist with the assessment of dataprecision for the data set. Laboratory precision data will be evaluated with the duplicate data to assess themagnitude of any precision issue (i.e. importance of the differences between sampling variability andanalytical variability). Acceptable laboratory precision limits (relative percent difference [RPD]) aredefined in the EPA Statement of Work (CLP SOW). (It should be noted that analytical variability istypically considered minor and less important as compared to sampling variability). Should sampling

13

Page 57: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

•?- f f - :£i? ;"- ; ' * I "- ' - ""-""" "• "" "" '" ••"; .-" ;-{ f i i - i

.-

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

variability be high (RPD > 70 as determined from the field duplicate evaluation) and concentrations ofcompounds of concern are detected at or near the comparison benchmark criteria, additional sampling orre-sampling may be necessary to provide data to improve data confidence.

Accuracy

Accuracy is defined as the extent to which a given measurement agrees with the standard value for thatmeasurement. Accuracy of chemical test -results is assessed by spike recovery. Spike recovery isdetermined by splitting a series of samples into two portions, spiking one of the portions (adding a knownquantity of the constituent of interest), and submitting both portions for laboratory analysis as independentsamples. Spike recovery is then calculated as follows:

Spike Recovery = SSR-SR x 100%SA

where:SSR = spike sample results,SR = unspiked sample results, andSA = spike added from spiking mix.

Average percent spike recovery can then be calculated by averaging the individual percent recoveries fora given compound. Two types of recoveries are measured: matrix spike recoveries and surrogate spikerecoveries. For a matrix spike, known amounts of standard compounds that are identical to the compoundspresent in the sample of interest are added to the sample. For a surrogate spike, the standards arechemically similar but not identical to the compounds in the fraction being analyzed. The purpose of thesurrogate spike is to provide QC on every sample by monitoring for unusual matrix effects and grosssample processing errors in analysis of organic compounds.

Matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate samples require additional sample volume collected from a specificsample station. For aqueous organic analyses, triple the sample volume is required. For solid matrixanalysis, no additional sample volume is generally required. MS/MSD samples shall be collected fromareas believed to be contaminated to characterize matrix interference, which can affect overall precisionand accuracy. The locations where MS/MSD samples will be collected will based on field conditionsencountered.

The assessment of accuracy is primarily an analytical method and measurement exercise using thelaboratory spike data. However, blank contamination can directly impact the accuracy of measurements.Consequently, if contaminants of potential concern are detected in field blanks (but not in laboratoryblanks) at concentrations at or near the comparison benchmark criteria, then selective re-sampling ofimportant sample locations may be considered to improve the level of data certainty.

The control limits for precision and accuracy established under CLP guidelines will be utilized to identifyoutliers (data results outside the specified control limits). If outliers occur, the samples in question willbe reanalyzed, if possible, or carefully evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

Representativeness

Representativeness expresses the degree to which sample data accurately and precisely represent siteconditions. The representativeness of data will be determined by the following:

14

Page 58: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

• Comparing actual sampling procedures to those delineated in the planning documents.

• Comparing analytical results of field duplicates to determine the spread in the analytical results.

• Examining the results of QC blanks (defined below) for evidence of contamination; contaminationmay be cause for invalidation or qualification of the affected samples.

The total number of samples specified for collection in the Work Plan is considered to be reasonable tomeet the objectives of the scope of work. However, if a large portion of the data from a specific samplelocation are rejected, the remaining data may no longer sufficiently represent the site — completenessproblems can decrease representativeness. Should the actual completeness level for sample locations beless than 90%, or for sample data be less than 80%, then representativeness shall be a major considerationin the determination of data acceptability. Results classified as questionable or qualitative by any of thesecriteria will be documented as such and possibly invalidated.

Comparability

Comparability expresses the confidence with which one set of analytical data may be compared withanother. Data sets that can be used for comparison are hazard criteria and data from studies conductedpreviously. Comparability is maintained by being aware of previous analytical work and through the useof standard analytical methods and units.

To ensure that all the data derived from this field effort are comparable, all like media samples will besubmitted for analysis by the same analytical method (with like analytical parameters and similardetection/reporting limits); units of measure (e.g. ug/1, ug/kg) will be the same for all reporting; and willbe sampled, handled, and prepared is the same manner according to the Tetra Tech Standard OperatingProcedures (SOPs). Comparison of data collected during this field effort to historic data collected duringthe previous investigations will be a qualitative assessment only.

Completeness

Completeness is a measure of the amount of valid data obtained from a measurement system or programcompared to the amount that was expected to be obtained under ideal conditions. It can be expressed asa percentage, as follows:

Valid Data x 100 = Percent CompletenessTotal Projected Data

Completeness will be routinely assessed using this equation. If data deficiencies fail to meet thecompleteness data quality objectives, the need for re-sampling of the deficient data will be evaluated.

To ensure that there are sufficient data to characterize and delineate the contamination at the site, thecompleteness goal for obtaining samples at the locations specified is 90%. The completeness goals forvalid data are 80%.

Submission of Quality Control Samples

To establish the precision, accuracy, and representativeness of data obtained from the sampling effort, QCsamples will be submitted to the laboratories for chemical analysis. The QC samples include field

15

Page 59: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

duplicates (blind duplicates), matrix spikes/matrix spike duplicates, field blanks, equipment rinsate blanks,and trip blanks. The procedure for collecting QA/QC samples is described in Tetra Tech SOP #609.

• Field Duplicate Samples. Duplicate samples are multiple samples, collected simultaneously, thatequally represent a medium at a given time and location. They are submitted to the laboratory asseparate samples and are not identified as duplicates. The matrix and the duplicate water samples willbe collected by first filling the matrix sample bottle and then the replicate sample bottle. Soil sampleduplicates will be collected by homogenizing the soil sample and alternately filling the primarysample jars and then the replicate sample jar. Duplicate samples of soil and water will not be mixedwhen prepared for analyses for volatile organic compounds (VOCs)'.

Duplicate samples will be collected from each media of concern as specified in the FSP. The actuallocations proposed for duplicate collection will based on field conditions encountered. Whereverpossible, duplicate samples will be collected from critical data locations.

• Field Blank. Field blanks are generated in the field by collecting analyte-free water into a cleansample container. The purpose of the field blanks is to evaluate ambient field conditions and/or thecleanliness of sample containers, which may be a means of introducing contaminants into thecollected samples.

• Equipment Rinsate Blank. Equipment rinsate blanks are field blanks generated by passing analyte-free water through sampling equipment after it has been decontaminated between uses. The purposeof rinsate blanks is to evaluate equipment decontamination procedures and to determine whether thesampling equipment could be causing cross-contamination of samples.

• Trip Blank. Trip blanks are containers of organic-free reagent water that are kept with the fieldsample containers. The purpose of trip blanks is to determine whether samples are beingcontaminated during transit. Trip blanks pertain only to volatile organic analysis; therefore, thecontainers must contain no headspace. The trip blanks are generally prepared prior to the samplingevent. One trip blank will be placed in each shipping cooler that contains samples for volatileorganics analysis. Trip blanks will accompany the volatile organic compound sample containersthroughout the entire sampling process, from the initial preparation through sampling activities andshipment to the laboratory.

1.8 PROJECT NARRATIVE

The objectives and a descriptive listing of each task is presented of the Investigation Work Plan. Each taskhas been designed to provide data of sufficient quality to meet the objectives of the project. Specifics ofthe field data collection procedures are provided in the Tetra Tech Standard Operating Procedurescontained in Appendix A of the project FSP.

These SOPs have been developed to optimize sample integrity and representativeness, and are listed inSection 5.0 of the Field Sampling Plan by investigative category and SOP number. The SOPs containspecifications for the types of sampling equipment to be used and the procedures to be followed duringsample collection.

16

Page 60: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

1.9 SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

All personnel assigned to work on the Investigation will be qualified and receive training in the SOPsoutlined in the FSP.

The site manager is responsible for indoctrination of a project team in the QA/QC requirements of thework assignment. Indoctrination will include familiarizing personnel with this QAPP, technical objectivesof the project, SOPs and quality control procedures.

1.10 DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDS

The laboratory will submit reports for all laboratory test results for each sample analyzed. In addition,analytical test results for laboratory QA/QC samples will be tabulated and QC samples will includemethod blanks, check samples, calibration samples, surrogate spike recoveries, duplicates, matrix spikes,and matrix spike duplicates. A discussion of analytical problems and corrective actions taken willaccompany the list of analytical test results as well as any other requirements described in the CLP SOW.

Upon completion of all sample analyses, the analytical data will be compiled into a data package in theformat required by the CLP SOW and forwarded to the Tt for data validation.

2.0 MEASUREMENT/DATA ACQUISITION

2.1 SAMPLING PROCESS DESIGN

The design of the project, including the types and number of samples to be collected, sampling frequenciesand parameters, and other measurement parameters of interest is presented in the WP. The WP presentsthe techniques and rationale for the selection of sample points and frequencies, and sampling methods andequipment are described in the FSP.

2.2 SAMPLING METHODS REQUIREMENTS

The requirements of, and the general procedures for, anticipated sampling and decontamination methods,including equipment and materials needed and any other specific performance requirements are presentedin the applicable SOPs found in Appendix A of the FSP. In the event of a failure of the collection ordecontamination system, QA procedures as described in Section 2.5 of this QAPP will be undertaken.

Section 4 of the WP summarizes the analytical methods and QC samples required for each media to besampled. The quantitation limits specified in the CLP SOW will be used.

2.3 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CUSTODY REQUIREMENTS

Samples collected during the Investigation will be handled in accordance with the Tetra Tech SOPs listedin Section 5.0 of the FSP. The Tetra Tech SOPs specify sample handling procedures that will be used.These procedures describe protocols for sample preservation, QA/QC samples, Chain of Custody Formsand sample shipping. A summary of the bottleware, holding times, and preservation requirements for thesamples proposed for collection in the Investigation is provided in Section 6.0 of the FSP.

17

Page 61: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

2.4 ANALYTICAL METHODS REQUIREMENTS

The ground water samples will be analyzed for BCEE using EPA SW 846 Methods 3510C/8260C,Selective Ion Monitoring (SIM). This method uses a mass spectrometer in which a specific mass-to-charge ratio (m/e) is monitored, so only molecules that give a molecular or fragment ion at that ratiowill be sensed. The SIM method increases both the selectivity (the ability to distinguish compounds ofinterest from interference) and sensitivity of GC-MS, but is useful for only a few compounds at a time.

In addition, two rounds of ground water samples will be analyzed for EPA Target Compound List (TCL)volatile organic compounds, TCL semi-volatile organic compounds, Target Analyte List (TAL)contaminants and cyanide. The analyses will be performed in accordance with OLC02.1 and 1LM04.1.EPA SOW Quantitation Limits will be used for TCL and TAL analyses. See Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of theFSP for a complete listing of analytical requirements.

2.5 QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Data quality shall be assessed for both sampling and analysis efforts using the five basic data qualityindicators described in Section 1.7.4: precision, accuracy, representativeness, completeness, comparability.

In general, the data quality assurance requirements for all laboratory-derived analytical measurements willbe the responsibility of the project laboratory. Project assessment and oversight procedures are describedin Section 3.0 of this QAPP.

2.6 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

2.6.1 Inspections

Periodic regular inspection of equipment and instruments is needed to assure the satisfactory performanceof the systems. Equipment to be used during the sampling event is listed in the appropriate SOPs. Beforeany piece of sampling or measurement equipment is taken into the field it will be inspected to ensure thefollowing: it is appropriate for the task to be performed, all necessary parts of the equipment are intact,and it is in working order. In addition, equipment will be visually inspected prior to its use. Brokenequipment will be tagged "DO NOT USE" and returned to the Tetra Tech office to receive the necessaryrepairs, or will be disposed. Backup field equipment will be available during all field activities in the eventof an equipment breakdown.

2.6.2 Maintenance

The objective of preventive maintenance is to ensure the availability and satisfactory performance of themeasurement systems. All field measurement instruments will receive preventative maintenance inaccordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

2.7 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND FREQUENCY

Periodic regular calibration of specific instruments is needed to assure the satisfactory performance of thesystems. Calibration procedures and preventative maintenance to be used on field equipment during thefieldwork are presented in the following Tt SOPs. All calibration and maintenance activities (and

anomalies) are noted in the field documentation (Tt SOP 101). The SOPs are including in Appendix Aof the FSP.

18

Page 62: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

SOPS for EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE

203 Photovac Microtip ni Photoionization Detector207 YSI Model 610 Water Quality System (Flow Thru Meter)

2.8 REQUIREMENTS FOR INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF SUPPLIES ANDCONSUMABLES

Supplies and consumables are those items necessary to support the sampling and analytical operation,including but not limited to: bottleware, calibration gases, hoses, decontamination supplies, preservatives,various types of water (potable, deionized, organic-free, etc.). Upon receipt of supplies, the Tt sitemanager will ensure that the types and quantities of supplies received are consistent with what was orderedand what is indicated on the packing list and invoice for the material. The supplier will be contactedimmediately if there is any discrepancy identified.

2.9 REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCEPTANCE OF OUTSIDE DATA

The comparison of data collected during this field effort to historic data will be for qualitative assessmentonly.

2.10 DATA MANAGEMENT

Terra Tech employs a variety of methods to prepare, review, approve, use, control, revise, store, andmaintain documents and records. The methods include software such as but not limited to wordprocessing, spreadsheets and CADD programs.

2.10.1 Field Data

Management of data acquired in the field such as physical or chemical measurements, will be performedin accordance with SOPs listed in Section 5 of the FSP. The Tt Site Manager will assign a field teamleader to supervise the field work and provide quality control of these activities.

2.10.2 Laboratory Data

All reports from the laboratory will be reviewed to verify that the data are consistent with projectrequirements, the laboratory has reported the results in the proper units, and the data are in compliancewith applicable protocol.

19

Page 63: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

3.0 ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT

3.1 ASSESSMENTS AND RESPONSE ACTIONS

The Program Manager or Tt Site Manager will periodically request that audits and field reviews areconducted to verify that quality assurance procedures are being consistently and correctly applied and that,when correctly applied they are effective. The following types of audits and the field reviews may beconducted in association with the Investigation:

• ' Performance Audits;• ' System Audits;• Client Audits;• Consultant or subcontractor quality assurance activity audits.• Annual Performance Audits

Performance and system audits are audits of the performance of field activities and of the overall operatingsystem under which the field activities are performed. Field audits apply to the field investigation (Section3 of the Work Plan). Laboratory auditing is performed by the Tt through the data validation process.

Performance audits, system audits, and consultant or subcontractor audits will be performed to:

(1) determine that a QA program has been developed and documented in accordance with specifiedrequirements;

(2) verify by examination and evaluation of objective evidence that the documented program has beenimplemented;

(3) assess the effectiveness of the QAPP;(4) identify any non-conformances;(5) verify correction of identified deficiencies.

The Tt Site Manager and Tt QA Manager will be responsible for initiating audits, selecting the audit team,and overseeing the audit implementation of field operations and laboratory services. Audits will beperformed at a frequency commensurate with the status and importance of the activity. The results of theAnnual Performance Audit will be submitted to the USEPA.

3.1.1 Performance Audits

Performance audits are used to determine quantitatively the accuracy of measurement data through theuse of field blank and duplicate samples. The performance audits involve review of field QC samples andfield documentation to ensure the following:

(1) Field duplicate samples are analyzed at a frequency equal to at least 10 percent of the total numberof samples analyzed and field blanks are analyzed at a frequency equal to at least 5 percent of thetotal number of samples.

(2) Field duplicates have a maximum relative percentage difference (RPD) of 20 percent and no signsof contamination are present in the field blanks.

(3) All data are validated before being used.

(4) All field activities are properly documented in the field logbooks and all samples are recorded onchain-of-custody forms.

20

Page 64: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

3.1.2 Systems Audits

System audits will review the total data generation process, which includes onsite reviews of the fieldoperational systems and physical facilities for sampling. These audits are performed annually and whenrequired by specific projects.

3.1.3 Audit Procedure

This procedure provides requirements and guidance for performing internal audits to verify compliancewith the elements of the QAPP.

A field audit of sampling events will be performed when deemed appropriate by the Tt QA Manager andSite Manager. The field sampling team personnel may be notified prior to the audit or the audit may beunannounced.

The auditor will prepare audit checklists. The checklist is intended for use as a guide and will not restrictthe audit investigation when findings raise further questions that are not specifically included in thechecklist. These selected elements of the QAPP will be audited to the depth necessary to determinewhether they are being implemented effectively.

Conditions requiring immediate corrective action will be reported immediately to the field samplingsupervisor and any other appropriate personnel.

At the conclusion of the audit, a post-audit conference will be held with the field sampling supervisor topresent audit findings and clarify any misunderstandings. The auditor in the List of Findings willconcisely state audit findings for Post-Audit Conference. The findings will be acknowledged by the fieldsampling or designated representative by signing the List of Findings.

3.2 OUT OF CONTROL EVENTS

An out-of-control event is defined as any deviation from the sampling and analysis procedures due tocircumstances and/or conditions beyond the samplers or laboratory control. Some examples of theseconditions and circumstances are as follows: (1) health and safety situations, such as explosive atmosphereconditions; (2) unforeseen site conditions, such as bedrock at shallow depth at a boring location; and (3)laboratory conditions, such as power outages that may cause a loss of data.

3.2.1 Responses to Out-of-Control Events

The Tt field personnel will be responsible for identification of an out-of-control event field. Uponrecognition or identification of an out-of-control event in the field, the field personnel will stop work andshift to a different, unaffected activity/task if possible. The field personnel will have the responsibility ofnotifying the Tt Site Manager as soon as possible, and recommending corrective actions. The Tt SiteManager will determine an appropriate course of action and will coordinate with the field personnel.

In the event an out-of-control event occurs in the laboratory, laboratory representative will notify the TtProject Manager or Site Manager, who will determine the appropriate course of action.

Corrective actions for the examples indicated above, may include: (1) ventilation of the work area, (2)probing of the area for subsurface conditions, followed by repositioning or elimination of the test boring,and (3) analysis of a breakage sample or QA/QC sample to prevent loss of data.

21

Page 65: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEKQAPP REVISED

AUGUST 2001

3.2.2 Reevaluation of Laboratory Control Limits

Reevaluation of laboratory control limits after an out-of-control event will be the responsibility of theLaboratory representative, in coordination with the Tt Site Manager. Wherever possible, the breakagesample and/or QA/QC samples will be analyzed in place of the matrix sample using the laboratory controllimits that apply to the matrix samples.

3.2.3 Documentation of Out-of-Control Events and Corrective Actions

The field personnel will be responsible for the correct and complete documentation in the log book of out-of-control events and corrective actions taken.

3.3 REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT

A primary feature of effective quality assurance is reporting the results of quality assurance activities.Audit reports, response and follow-up are further described below.

3.3.1 Audit reports

After each audit, the auditor will prepare an audit report. The report will include the following:

• Description of the audit scope.• Identification of the audit team.• Persons contacted during pre-audit, audit, and post-audit activities.• A summary of audit results, including an evaluation statement regarding the effectiveness of the

QAPP elements that were audited.• Details of findings and program deficiencies will be reported on an Audit Findings Report (AFR).

Each finding and program deficiency will be identified and described in sufficient detail to ensurethat corrective action can be effectively carried out by the project organization.

• Recommendations for correcting the findings or improving the QAPP.

The audit report will be addressed to the Site Manager with a copy to responsible parties within Tt (i.e.,Program Manager) and others as appropriate.

3.3.2 Response

The Site Manager or designated representative will respond to the AFR by completing the a CorrectiveAction Reply. The response will be completed within 20 days of receipt and will clearly state thecorrective action for each finding, including action to prevent recurrence and the date the corrective actionwill be completed.

3.3.3 Follow-up Action

The TT QA Manager will perform follow-up action:

• Evaluate the adequacy of the response.

• Ensure that corrective action is identified and scheduled for each finding.

22

Page 66: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

. , *i -~~^' -. . - - - _ - - L.;J74. r t-k^Vr^ -;^t=t'--" r - * ~ - - v*^-^- C' ' • ^ ^ '->l 't= _, -. —*"-,>- -. v- '' -" -?>'_-J^*' -~ - -4*t~~u--:r3-"':r2-';'' x -" * • • t -"-•' ~^~~ 1 -^•'.1^^ ' JFACJ:''.-.,.- ~ - - r j iT ip- - ' - -T.-.-V"--' "-"- --- ' • '—J ' ' - ' -- - -' ;,:?:,- - •• •-- i;rri,u.-;;-_ y.sL.. —.-..-£ - '- ;,--- ;. ., -., ,.54-'.;-^ V

- -••••: '" f-; , . ' / . - : - ."i - L ; " - . ~ * : i l - r ~ ' - • ' - * ' . 'ARMYCREEK "•,--!"!''-if' * - • ' - , - . _ , I*"1 ' ,. , f\ * r*r» ¥* «~-^ 7¥or^Y-» 'i" "'ri:

QAPP REVISEDAUGUST 2001

Confirm that corrective action is accomplished as scheduled.

Follow-up action may be accomplished through written communications, re-audit, or other appropriatemeans. When all corrective actions have been verified, a memo will be sent to the Site Manager to "satisfythe close-out requirement of the audit with copies to the responsible parties and others, as appropriate.

4.0 DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY

The responsibility for the validation of laboratory data generated in support of the Investigation has beenassigned to L.A.B. Validation of East Northpoint, New York

4.1 REQUIREMENTS & METHODS FOR DATA REVIEW, VALIDATION, AND VERIFICATION

As stated above, validation of laboratory data will be conducted by L.A.B. Validation. The data shall beevaluated in accordance with the USEPA - Region ni (June 1995) M2 Innovative Approaches to DataValidation and in conjunction with the analytical methodologies for which the samples were analyzed,where applicable and relevant. These procedures are based on modifications to Region Ill's NationalFunctional Guidelines for Organic Data Review.

It should be noted that field parameter measurement data (i.e. pH, dissolved oxygen, temperature, etc.)will not be subject to formal validation, but will be reviewed with respect to applicable calibrationprocedures and reasonableness.

4.2 RECONCILIATION OF RESULTS WITH PROJECT DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

As a result of the validation and verification effort, certain data may be eliminated or restricted in theirusability. Section 1.7 of this QAPP describes the processes for assessment of accuracy, precision, andcompleteness. The results of the assessment will be compared to the sampling objectives stated in theInvestigation Work Plan. If the stated sampling objectives are not met, additional sampling, re-samplingor limitations on the use of the data may result.

23

Page 67: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

3Field a n g P]an

Page 68: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Field Sampling Plan

Investigation of Contamination in ColumbiaFormation and Upper Potomac Aquifers

Army Creek Superfund SiteNew Castle, New Castle County, Delaware

August 2001

Prepared by:

Tetra Tech

Prepared for:

New Castle CountyNew Castle, Delaware

Page 69: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

•I1;

ARMY CREEK SUPERFUND SITE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 SITE BACKGROUND 1

2.0 SAMPLING OBJECTIVES . ...2

3.0 SAMPLE LOCATIONS AND FREQUENCY 2

4.0 SAMPLE DESIGNATIONS 7

5.0 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES 7

6.0 SAMPLING HANDLING AND ANALYSIS 10

Attachment 1 Standard Operating ProceduresAttachment 2 Typical Monitoring Well Construction Diagrams

1.0 SITE BACKGROUND

Based on the historical sampling conducted as part of Army Creek Superfund site Consent Decree and othersite assessment activities, the potential contaminants of concern (COCs) at the Army Creek Superfund siteinclude volatile organic compounds (VOCs), semi-volatile organic compounds, PCBs, pesticides, herbicides,and selected metals (barium, silver, mercury, arsenic, cadmium, chromium, lead, selenium), nitrate nitrogenand nitrite nitrogen.

Further, the semi-volatile organic compound bis (2-chloroethyl) ether (BCEE) was identified at the ArtesianWater Company's Llangollen well field well AWC-7 hi June 1999 and reported to the United StatesEnvironmental Protection Agency (USEPA) in October 1999. It was present at a concentration below theUSEPA action level of 0.96 ug/L. Subsequent testing of the water from the Llangollen well field by the Officeof Drinking Water in the Delaware Division of Public Health in October 1999 indicated concentrations ofBCEE above the action level. Subsequently, Artesian Water Company shut down the Llangollen well field andinstalled a carbon filtration treatment system. The Llangollen well field was brought back on-line in January2001.

Various studies conducted in the area of the Army Creek Superfund ground water plume have indicatedseveral potential sources of BCEE contamination to be present in the vicinity of the Army CreekSuperfund site. Possible sources include the Army Creek Superfund site, the Delaware Sand and Gravel(DS&G) Superfund site, the Denton Landfill, and the former Amoco Polymer Plant However, the currentdistribution of the contaminants and the original sources of the contaminants are not definitively known.

2.0 SAMPLING OBJECTIVES

Site background information, project objectives and proposed activities are detailed in New Castle County's

i

Page 70: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEK SUPERFUND SITE

Investigation of Contamination in Columbia Formation and Upper Potomac Aquifers Work Plan (WP) for theArmy Creek Superfund site. Section 2.0 of the Work Plan defines the objectives regarding the determinationof potential source or sources for BCEE, the extent of BCEE contamination, and its impacts to human healthand the environment. This Field Sampling Plan (FSP) contains the specific technical approaches proposed tobe used in the sampling portion of the investigation to collect data of sufficient content, quality, and quantityto attain the objectives of the BCEE investigation.

This Field Sampling Plan (FSP) contains the specific technical approaches proposed to be used inthe Investigation. The objective of this FSP and the sampling effort is to collect data of adequatecontent, quality, and quantity to:

• Assess the source or sources of contamination;

• Delineate the extent of BCEE present in the dissolved phase in the ground water;

• Evaluate potential impacts of BCEE in ground water upon Human Health and the

Environment.

3.0 SAMPLE LOCATION AND FREQUENCY

Field Sampling is proposed to be performed as described in Section 3.0 of New Castle County'sWork Plan for the Investigation, (dated August 2001) field sampling efforts are described in thefollowing sections by matrix in the same order as listed hi the Work Plan for clarity. Field samplingis proposed to include the collection of samples of ground water and two samples of surface water.Additional non-sampling data collection activities include water level measurements as describedhi the Work Plan.

Methods for sample collection are described in Tetra Tech's Standard Operating Procedures, whichwere developed to insure sample quality (integrity and representativeness). General samplingmethods are listed in Section 5.0, Sampling Equipment and Procedures. Copies of relevant SOPs arecontained in Attachment 1 to this document.

3.1 Drilling and Well Construction

A total of nine (9) wells are proposed to be installed, three (3) shallow wells, completed in theColumbia Formation, four (4) wells, completed hi the upper Upper Potomac Formation and two (2)wells completed hi the lower Upper Potomac Formation These monitoring points will allow groundwater samples and water-level measurements to be obtained at different points across the sites hi theboth the shallow and deep aquifers. The proposed locations of these wells are shown hi Figure A ofAttachment 1; the Potomac Formation wells are designated as "P" wells, with a "U" indicatingcompletion hi the upper Upper Potomac and an "L" indicating completion in the lower Upper

Page 71: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

DQC2S

DSG>SUPERFUND

ARMY CREEK LANDFILL

FormerAmoco Property

DSGLANDFILL

DSGSUPERFUND

SITE

0 60OZ

APPROX. SCALE INRECOVERY WELL

POTOMAC AOUFER WELL

COLUMBIA AOUFER WELL

ARTESIAN WATER CO. WELL. POTOMAC AOUFER

STREAM OAQE

CONRAL RAILROAD

FENCEUNE

PROPOSED MOHTOHNQ WELL LOCATION

TETRA TECH, INCBONEkHS > ARCHITECTS ° SQENTJSTS

DentonLandftt FIGURE 1

Proposed Monitoring Well LocationsInvestigation of Contamination in

Columbia Formation andUpper Potomac Formation Aquifers

Field Sampling Plan

Page 72: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEK SUPERFUND SITE

Potomac. Wells completed in the Columbia Formation are designated as "C" wells. A triple clusterof a Columbia Formation and an upper and lower Upper Potomac Formation well (C4- P4U-P4L)will be installed in an area north and east of MW-20. The purpose of these wells will be to assessground water quality from the western lobe of the Army Creek Landfill. The second location willbe a triple well cluster, a Columbia with an upper and lower Upper Potomac wells (C5-P5U-P5LJ,installed southeast of the capped landfill known as Grantiham South. The purpose of these wells willbe to assess the extent of contamination from the closed operable unit known as Grantham South.The third location will be a well cluster, with a Columbia and Potomac well (C6 and P6) installedat the north of the Grantham South area. The purpose of these wells will be to assess the groundwater quality up-gradient of the Grantham South Operable Unit. NCC has determined that one ofthe areas of focus should be the operable unit known as Grantham South. NCC believes that theRI/FS for this operable unit may not have completely evaluated this area. The geophysics completedas part of the RI/FS indicate that several significant anomalies were detected. In addition, the highestconcentrations of BCEE detected to date were immediately adjacent to this operable unit. This wellis necessary in order to determine groundwater quality in the Upper Potomac downgradient of theDenton Landfill. The fourth Potomac well (P7) will be installed down-gradient of the landfill knownas Denton Landfill. The exact locations of title new wells be confirmed and/or modified based on siteaccess constraints. A copy of the well drilling log is included as Figure 2. Screened intervals for the4-inch monitoring wells to be determined after the completion of a small diameter HSA pilot hole,lithologic logging and consultation with the USEPA.

3.1.1 Well Installation

Data collected during the Drilling and Monitoring Well Installation task will consist of fieldobservations of lithology and texture, and field measurement data regarding sample interval,photoionization detector (PID) readings, spoon blow count, and sample recovery, which will besummarized on the Well Drilling Logs. The observations to be recorded are described in StandardOperating Procedures #301,303 and 309 (modified for the specific well installation) in AppendixA. A hollow stem auger rig will be utilized to drill the boring for the shallow monitoring wellsthrough the Columbia Formation or pilot hole for the Potomac monitoring wells. Lithologic andanalytical samples will be collected using a split spoon sampler. One soil sample will be collectedfrom each boring at a depth corresponding to the proposed screened interval and will be analyzedfor BCEE and Total Organic Carbon (TOC).

Number ofSamples6

6

Analysis

TOC

BCEE

Methodology

EPA 4 15.1 modified

Modified SW846- 3540C/8270C

QA/QC samples included in thenumber of samples1 blind duplicate sample1 MS/MSD sample1 field blank (EPA 4 15.1)1 blind duplicate sample1 MS/MSD sample1 field blank (modified SW846-3520C/8270C)

Page 73: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEK SUPERFUND SITE

Proposed Construction for wells installed in the Columbia Formation is as follows:

assume that each Columbia Formation well will be installed to approximately 20 ft;

assume hollow stem auger rig, split spoon samples collected every 5 feet to log the lithologyprior to the installation of monitoring well;

assume installation of the well at the base of the Columbia Formation;

assume 2" diameter schedule 40 PVC 0.020 slot screen (10 ft);

assume 2" diameter schedule 40 PVC casing;

assume steel stick-up protective casing with 3-foot square concrete pad, 12 inches thick.

For each well, the screen length shall be ten feet. The bottom of the screened interval shall bedetermine as follows:

Columbia Formation wells will be screened from the base of the Columbia Formation

The placement of the screened interval for upper Upper Potomac Formation wells will befollows:

upper Upper Potomac Formation wells will be placed at the top of the Upper Potomac dividingclay subject to the folio whig qualifications after consultation with USEPA-

Within the coarsest grained material present at that location.Screening of layers of very dense (>51 blows/ft) fine sand and bridging clays will be minimized.

The placement of the screened interval for lower Upper Potomac Formation wells will befollows:

Within the coarsest grained material present at that location.Screening of layers of very dense (>51 blows/ft) fine sand and bridging clays will be minimized.Proposed Construction for wells installed in the Potomac Formation is as follows:

assume hollow stem auger rig for pilot holes, collection of split spoon samples every 5 feet tolog the lithology prior to the installation of the monitoring well;

Page 74: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep-7-01 11:02; Page 12/23

ARMY CRECX SWERFUND SITE

Make a determination about the presence of the Upper Potomac dividing clay;

Make a determination for the depth of the screened interval;

assume cable tool, rotosonic or reverse rotary drilling for all Potomac Formation wellinstallations;

assume steel stick-up protective casing with 3-foot square concrete pad, 12 inches thick.

For wells installed above the Upper Potomac dividing clay or if the clay layer is not present,construction shall be as follows:

assume 8" diameter steel surface casing through the Colombia Formation to the upper clay unitPotomac Formation and seated 2 ft into the clay (20 feet of steel casing);

assume 4" diameter schedule 40 PVC casing with threaded joints from 130 ft to +2 ft for upperUpper Potomac Formation wells;

assume 10 feet of 4" diameter schedule 40 PVC screen with 0.020 slot size;

Fox wells installed below the Upper Potomac dividing clay, construction shall be as follows:

Assume 12" diameter steel surface casing through the Columbia Formation to the upper

clay unit of the Potomac Formation and seated 2 feet into the clay (20 feet of steel

casing).

Assume 8" diameter steel casing through the upper day unit and the upper sand unit of

the Potomac Formation to the seated 2 feet into the upper Potomac Formation dividing

clay (150 feet of steel casing).

Assume 200 feet of 4" diameter schedule 40 PVC casing with treaded joints from 195

feet to +2 feet for lower Upper Potomac Formation wells.

Assume 10 feet of 4" diameter schedule 40 PVC screen with 0.020 slot size.

Typical monitoring well construction diagrams are provided in Attachment 2.

For scheduling purposes, it is estimated that installation of Columbia Formation wells can be

Page 75: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep -7 -01 11:02; Page 13/23

ARMY CREEK SWERFUND SITE

completed at a rate of two wells per day. For a Potomac Formation well, each well will require 2days for completion of the pilot hole and lithologic logging. After consultation with the USEPA todetermine the screened interval, a Potomac formation well will require 2 to 3 days for well drillingand well construction.

3.1.2 Well Development

Well development is to be completed by the well installation contractor, with Tetra Tech fieldoversight at all new monitor wells using airlift and surge block (Tt SOP #311 and 312) methods.Tetra Tech shall monitor the specific capacity of the well during development.

3.2 Ground Water Sampling

Samples of ground water will be collected from existing recovery and monitoring wells as well asnewly installed wells. Prior to sampling, all new monitoring wells shall be allowed to equilibrate fora minimum of two weeks after development. Ground-water sampling will be performed inaccordance with Tt SOP #313, with all samples to be collected through the pump at an appropriatepurge rate for the specific analysis.

Number and Locations of Ground-Water Samples: A total of twenty-seven ground water samplesexclusive of QA/QC samples, will be collected per sampling event. These include twenty-five wellsand the Artesian Water Company's distribution facility influent and effluent. The wells to besampled include the four boundary wells (BW-1, BW-2, BW-3 and MW-40); eight recovery wells(RW-1, RW-10, RW-12, RW-13, MW-27, MW-28, MW-29, MW-31); four wells on the DS&G site(DGC-2S, DGC-7S, MW-45, RT-1UP); seven monitoring wells (MW-18, MW-20, MW-22N, MW-26N, MW-34, MW-41, MW-49N) and the Artesian Water Company wells AWC-G3, AWC-7. Thesample locations are shown on Figure 2. When RW-11R, the three proposed Columbia Formationand the six proposed Potomac Formation wells are installed, they will be sampled. Two rounds ofsampling will be completed for TCL/TAL and BCEE SIM analysis.Sample Frequency: The frequency of ground water sampling for analysis of BCEE is four roundsapproximately 3 months apart. It is estimated to take approximately 5 days per sampling round tocomplete. Sampling will be coordinated with representatives of Artesian Water, DS&G and USEPAto permit the collection of split samples, if desired. The frequency of ground water sampling for theanalysis of full TCL/TAL is two rounds. After the data have been validated, a determination will bemade concerning the scope and frequency of TCL/TAL sampling win be agreed upon by New CastleCounty and the USEPA.Laboratory Analytical Parameters: All samples will be initially analyzed for TCL/TAL andcyanide. Additional sample volume will be purged and held for BCEE SIM analysis. If BCEE is notdetected in the sample analyzed for TCL, the BCEE SIM analysis will be performed. A summarylisting of the number of samples of each parameter inclusive of QA/QC samples is given below.

Page 76: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 Sep -7 -01 11:03; Page 14/23

ARMY CRBEK^UFERFUND SJTE

Number ofSamples32

32

32

5

Analysis

FuH TCLTAL

Cyanide

BCEE

VGA only

Methodology

OLC02.1ELM .04.1

ILM04.1

SW846- 3520C/8270C

QA/QC samples included in the numberof samples3 blind duplicate samples2 MS/MSD samples2 Held Blanks3 blind duplicate samples2 MS/MSD samples2 Field Blanks3 blind duplicate samples2 MS/MSD samples2 Field Blanks1 Trip Blank per VOA shipment

Field measured parameters: pH, conductivity, oxygen reduction potential, temperature and dissolvedoxygen.See Attachment 3 for TCL/TAL compound list.See Attachment 4 for BCEE SIM SOP #IP486,2.5.2.8

3.3 Water Level Measurements

Data collection in this sub-task is limited to the monthly field measurement of water levels.

Number and Location: Measurement of water levels is proposed at 47 existing wells plus the ninenewly installed monitor wells. The locations of the existing wells are shown on Figure 3. The exactlocations of the new wells will be determined based on specific access constraints.

Measurement Frequency: Measurement events are to be performed monthly. The measurementswill be taken in accordance with Tt SOP #315, modified to check for free product only on the initialwater level measurement at a new well.

3.4 Surface Water Sampling

Two surface water samples are proposed for collection to characterize the Delaware Riverdownstream of the confluence with Army Creek The surface-water samples will be collected inaccordance with Tt SOP #401, modified to delete the flow measurement and stream profileinformation.

Sample Number and Location: Two surface water sample locations are proposed. Rationale for thesampling location follows: one sample location is approximately 0.6 miles from the confluence of ArmyCreek and the Delaware River. The second is immediately upstream of the Denton Landfill.

Sample Frequency: The frequency of surface water sampling is four rounds per year approximately3 months apart. Sampling shall occur at the same time as the ground water sampling.

Page 77: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep-7-01 11:03; Page 15/23

ARMY CKJtaC SWERFUND SHE

Analytical Parameters: 1 sample was collected in April, 2001 for full TCL/TAL and BCEE SIManalyses. 2 surfacewater samples were collected in July, 2001 for BCEE SIM analysis. No furthersurfacewater .samples are proposed to be collected.

3.5 Field Logbooks Records

Field personnel will maintain a field logbook with documentation of all pertinent information aboutfield activities and samples, including identification similar to information on the sample labels andchain-of-custody forms. Entries in the logbook will be made in ink and will include:

a description of field activities;names of individuals involved;date, time, and identification of samples;field measurements, except those for which a specific form exists;all field measurements;Page numbers will be written on each page used.

Additionally, field personnel shall record field observations and information on the paper data formappropriate for the task being conducted, i.e. water level measurements on the water levelmeasurement sheet, soil boring information on a boring log, water quality measurements and purgeinformation on a well sampling log, etc.

3.6 Generated Waste Disposal

At the triple well cluster #4, located north and east of MW-20, the drilling cuttings, well

development water, purge water, and decontamination fluids generated by field investigation

activities will be placed on the ground around the drilling location. Fluids will be prohibited

from entering any surface-water body, and cuttings will be graded level to ground surface. In the

April 2001 sampling, BCEE was not detected in the samples from MW-41 or MW-26N. No

volatile organic compounds, semi-volatile organic compounds, or metals were detected above

their respective MCLs in these two wells.

For well location #7, the drilling cuttings, well development water, purge water, and

decontamination fluids generated by field investigation activities will be placed on the ground

around the drilling location.

For the well installations at locations #5 and #6, the drilling cuttings, well development water, purge

8

Page 78: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5802 ; Sep -7 -01 11:04; Pace 16/23

ARMY CREEK SUPERFUND SUTE

water, and decontamination fluids generated by field investigation activities will be drummed.

Drums will be stored on plastic, near the well location, away from areas of vehicle traffic. The

drums will be labeled with the well number; drum ED number; date; and development/purge water

or depth interval for soil drums. The first sampling of the well shall be for TCL/TAL. Based on the

results of those water samples, a disposal option for the water associated with that monitoring well

will be proposed to the USEPA for approval. If based on the TCL/TAL water sample, the water will

not be discharged to the ground, one composite soil sample will be collected from the drums

containing the soil cuttings associated with that monitoring well and analyzed for TCL/TAL using

methods OLC02.1 and DLM04.1 and BCEE SIM. From the sample results, disposal options will be

determined and provided to the USEPA for approval.

Based on the first monitoring well ground water sample results, disposal options will include:

• If organic compounds are not detected above the MCLs, the disposal option shall be to

discharge the water and soil cuttings to the ground.

• If organic compounds are detected above the MCLs, on-site treatment or off-site disposal

will be considered.. If off-site disposal is selected, additional samples will be collected to

meet the requirements of the off-site disposal facility.

4.0 SAMPLING DESIGNATIONS

The sample designation developed for this investigation consists of four elements as follows:

1 Six digits for the date. (e.g. April 24,2001 would be 042401);2 The well designation, (e.g. RW1, MW45);3 The sample matrix, (corresponds to Region 5 EDMAN matrix codes):

WG for ground water;WS for surface water;SO for soil;

Page 79: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Sent By: NCC ENG AND ENV COMP DIV; 302 395 5B02 ; Sep-7-01 11:04; Paae 17/23

ARMY CRREK. SUPERFUND SITE

DC for drill cuttings;4 a counter number (to discriminate QA/QC samples from matrix samples at a given location):

For a sample the number will be 1;For the matrix spike portion of a MS/MSD, the number will be 2;For the matrix spike duplicate portion of a MS/MSD, the number will be 3.

For example, a sample collected from MW-45 on April 4, 2001 would have the designation040401MW45WG1.

A MS/MSD sample collected from RW-13 on April 25,2001 would require three lines on the Chainof Custody.

Line 1 The original sample 042501RW13 WG1Line 2 The matrix spike portion 042501RW13WG2Line 3 The matrix spike duplicate 042501RW13WG3

Duplicate samples shall be designated as MW94, MW95 and MW96 and are assigned to be collectedat MW-34 (historic high concentration of BCEE), BW-3 (sentry well between RW-1 and theLlangollen well field with a concentration of BCEE) and MW-26N (down-gradient well with lowconcentration of BCEE), respectively. Trip blanks and field blanks shall be numbered consecutively,beginning with -01.

5.0 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES

All field sampling will be conducted in accordance with the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)included as Attachment 2 to this plan. These SOPs have been developed to optimize sample integrityand representativeness, and are listed below by investigative category and SOP number. The SOPscontain specifications for the types of sampling equipment to be used and the procedures to befollowed during sample collection. The SOPs proposed for the performance of the BCEEInvestigation for the Army Creek Superfund site are listed on the following page. The collection ofmatrix samples will also be guided by procedures developed to provide the appropriate level ofworker protection as detailed in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan, and by quality assuranceand quality control procedures as detailed in the QAPP.

10

Page 80: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

. .,. y'^ ___is._-

ARMY CREEK SUPERFUND SITE

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE LIST

SOPs for Equipment Calibration and Maintenance

207 YSI Model 3560 Water Quality System (Flow Thru Meter)

SOPs for Subsurface Investigations

301 Field Description of Soils309 Monitoring Well/Piezometer Installation312 Airlift Surging Well Development Techniques315 Water Level/Free Product Thickness

SOPs for Surface Investigations

401 Surface Water Sampling403 Field Measurement of Water pH405 Field Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen

SOPs for Decontamination

501 Small Equipment Decontamination503 Large Equipment Decontamination505 Decontamination of Personnel

SOPs for Sample Management

605 Sample Preservation613 Tetra Tech Chain of Custody

303 Standard Penetration Test Borings/Direct Push Borings311 Surge Block Well Development313 Ground-Water Sampling

402 Field Measurement of Water Temperature404 Field Measurement of Specific Conductance406 Field Measurement of Redox Potential (Eh)

609 QA/QC Samples621 Sample Shipping

11

Page 81: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ARMY CREEK SUPERFUND SITE

6.0 SAMPLE HANDLING AND ANALYSIS

Samples collected from the Army Creek Superfund site will be handled in accordance with the SOPslisted in Section 5.0 under the heading of Sample Management (the SOP#600 series).

Analytical Parameters, preservatives, holding times and containers for Water SamplesLABORATORY

ANALYSES

VolatileOrganics

ExtractableOrganics

Total Metals

BCEE

TOC

ANALYTICALMETHOD

REFERENCE

CLP SOWOLC02.1 (or

revisions)CLP SOW

OLM02.1(orrevs.)

CLP SOWILM04.1 or revs

ModifiedSW-8463520C/8270C (lowlevel - ng)

EPA 415.1

SAMPLEPRESERVATION11

HCLtopH<2Cool to 4°C

Cool to 4°CStore in dark

HNO3 to pH<2Cool to 4°C

Cool to 4°CStore in dark

H2SO4 to pH<2and Cool to 4°C

HOLDINGTIMEb

14 days

*7 days (14 daysfor pest/PCBs)

6 months

*7 days

28 days

CONTAINER

2 - 40 ml glassvials w/Teflon-lined septum4 - 1 L amberglass bottlesw/Teflon-linedcap1 - 1 L highdensitypolyethylenebottle2 - 1 L amberglass bottlesw/Teflon-linedcap1 - 125 ml glassbottle w/Teflon-lined cap

Analytical Parameters, preservatives, holding times and containers for Soil SamplesLABORATORY

ANALYSES

BCEE

TOC

ANALYTICALMETHOD

REFERENCEModifiedSW-8463540C/8270C

EPA 415.1modified

SAMPLEPRESERVATION8

Cool to 4°CStore in darkCool to 4°C

HOLDINGTIMEb

* 10 days

28 days

CONTAINER

1 - 8 oz widemouth jar1 - 8 oz widemouth jar

" Cool "Low" concentration samples to 4EC; do not cool "medium" or "high" concentration samples.b Holding times are from the time of collection.* Extraction within 7 days (water samples )or10 days (soil sample) of collection; then analysiswithin 40 days of extraction.

12

Page 82: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ATTACHMENT 1STANDARD OPERATINGPROCEDURES

Page 83: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #207REV. #2

June 2001PAGE 1 OF 2

YSI MODEL 610 XL WATER QUALITY SYSTEM

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

The YSI Model 619 XL water quality system is used to measure pH, conductivity, temperature,dissolved oxygen and oxidation reduction potential (ORP). The systems specifications are, pH 0 to14 Ph units, conductivity 0 -100 microsiemens per centimeter, temperature-5.0 to 45.0°C and ORP-999mV to 999mV. This unit operates on a flow-through method. As the water flows in through thesample chamber it takes all the measurements simultaneously.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

YSI Model 600XL sonde, YSI 610D display/logger sample chamber, probes, calibration kit, ACbattery charger, automotive cigarette lighter adapter.The YSI 610D has an internal NiMH batterypack that is sufficient to run the unit when connected to a sonde for 6 to 8 hours. When the batteriesget low, the YSI 610D beeps giving an approximately 1 hour warning before turning itself off.Using the AC adapter charge the unit for approximately 24 hours. Do not charge the batteries formore than 48 hours.

C. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:

1. Connect the 600XL sonde to the 610D display unit. Turn the unit on and press ESC to go tothe main menu. Arrow down to calibration mode and press enter to reach the calibrationmenu.

2. Conductivity. Rinse the sensors and calibration/storage cup with distilled water. Fill thecalibration cup with approximately 50 ml (the top of the paper YSI label) of the calibrationsolution, Arrow to the conductivity and press enter, choose either SpCond, Cond or Salinityand press enter. Enter the conductivity calibration solution range from the bottle label andpress enter. Press enter to start the calibration. The unit will inform you if the calibration wassuccessful. Press ESC twice to return to the calibration menu.

3. pH. Rinse the sensors and calibration cup with distilled water and fill the calibration cup withapproximately 20 ml (the bottom of the paper YSI label) of the first pH calibration solution.At the calibration menu arrow down to the ISE1 pH and press enter, choose either a 1, 2 or3 point calibration. Tetra Tech requires at least a 2 point calibration. Press enter and inputthe pH (7) of the calibration standard and press enter twice to calibrate. The unit will informyou if the calibration was successful. Press ESC twice to return to the pH calibration menu.Discard pH solution and rinse the sensor and calibration cup with distilled water and addapproximately 20 ml of the second calibration solution. Enter the second point pH unit, eitherpH 4 or pH 14. Press enter twice to calibrate. The unit will inform you if the calibration wassuccessful. Press ESC three times to return to the main calibration menu.

Page 84: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #207REV. #2

June 2001PAGE 2 OF 2

4. ORP. Rinse the sensors and calibration cup with distilled water and fill the calibration cupwith approximately 20 ml (the bottom of the paper YSI label) of the ORP calibration solution.At the main calibration menu arrow down to the ISE2 Orp and press enter. Input thecalibration solution range from the bottle label and press enter twice to calibrate. The unit willinform you if the calibration was successful. Press ESC twice to return to the main calibrationmenu.

5. Dissolved Oxygen. Rinse the sensors and calibration cup with distilled water and fill thecalibration cup with approximately 20 ml (the bottom of the paper YSI label) of water. At themain calibration menu arrow to the dissolved oxygen and press enter. The YSI 610D offerstwo options DO% (percent saturation) or DO mg/L. As percent saturation requires no specialcalibration solution it is the desired method. Press enter and enter the barometric pressure inmm Hg. Press ESC four time to return to the main menu.

D. OA/OC REQUIREMENTS:

All of the YSI 600XL sensors (except temperature) require periodic calibration. The manufacturerrequires that it be calibrated at least on a monthly basis. Tetra Tech Inc. requires calibration priorto each sampling event. Record the calibration in the calibration log kept with the instrument.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

1. The probes for the instrument need to be stored with approximately 1/8 inch of water in thecalibration/storage cup.

2. This instrument is not waterproof. It must not be submerged in water or left out in the rain.

F. REFERENCES:

YSI Model 600XL Operation and Maintenance Manual.

Page 85: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #301REV. #1

January, 1997PAGE 1 OF 3

FIELD DESCRIPTION OF SOILS

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

To develop a standard methodology for field descriptions of soils.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

No equipment is necessary to perform this task. A Munsell Soil Color Chart and a grainsize chart may be helpful.

C. PROCEDURE:

1. A complete soil description should contain the following information in order.

• ColorMineralogy Modifiers

• Major Grain size• Minor components• Organic content

Soil Moisture• Other characteristics such as odors, staining or the presence of foreign

material(s)

2. Color: Color is important as it is the first characteristic of the soil that is observed.Color is not useful as a correlation tool. Common colors, their abbreviations andmodifier terms are listed below.

• Orange: Or• Tan: Tan

Black: Bl• Brown: Br

Gray: GrRed: Red

If two or more distinct colors are present, the soil is mottled. All colors are to belisted beginning with the most prevalent to least prevalent color. For example agray and brown mottled silt is a different color than a brown and gray mottled silt.

3. Mineralogical Modifiers: If the mineralogy of the material can be determined, itshould be included in the description. The to most common mineral is mica andthe modifier is micaceous.

4. Grain Size: There are five major grain sizes that can be distinguished by eye inthe field; Boulders, Cobbles, Gravel, Sand, and Silt/clay.

Boulders are > 8"Cobbles are 3" to 8"

• Gravels range in size from 0.2" to 3.0" in diameter and are subdivided intoFine (>0.2" to 0.75" in diameter and Coarse (>0.75" to 3.0")

Page 86: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #301REV. #1

January, 1997PAGE 2 OF 3

Sands range in size from 0.002" to 0.2" and are subdivided into coarse,medium and fine. Samples of the different grain sizes are available for fielduse.

• Silt/clay is the material whose grains can not be distinguished by theunaided eye. Silt and clay are normally grouped together for fielddescriptions.

Grain size descriptions are written with the major grain size fraction listed first.Other size fractions, if present, are listed in order of decreasing amounts ofmaterial. For the silt/clay material, the term silt is used unless the geologist canidentify the material as part of a unit containing a known abundance of clay.

The following modifiers are used to indicate the relative proportion of a sizefraction in the soil:

Estimated amount: Modifier

• < 10 percent: Trace• >10 percent to 20 percent: Little• >20 percent to 35 percent: Some• >35 percent: And

5. Organic Content: If organic material is present in the soil, it is listed after the grainsize description, using the same modifying terms.

6. Moisture content: The moisture content of a soil in the field can be determined bythe use of a Speedy Moisture test kit. If a kit is not available, the following termsshould be used:

For sand

• Dry - Loose grains of sand• Moist - Sand will hold a shape after being squeezed

Saturated - Water can be squeezed out of a sample, or is present in the splitspoon.

For Silt/Clay

• Not plastic - The material will not roll to a diameter of 1/8".• Slightly Plastic - The material will roll, but breaks apart after reaching 1/8" in

diameter.Plastic - The material rolls easily to 1/8" diameter.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

Page 87: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #301REV. #1

January, 1997PAGE 3 OF 3

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

For decomposed rock, a description of decomposed rock should be prefaced with thewords "Decomposed rock weathered to a ...(standard description)." For example,"Decomposed mica schist weathered to a black micaceous fine to medium sand withsome silt, trace of fine gravel sized schist rock fragments."

F. REFERENCES:

None

Page 88: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #303REV. #4

AUGUST 2000PAGE 1 OF 2

STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORINGS/DIRECT PUSH BORINGS

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

The purpose of drilling test borings (by using either a standard penetration test boring ordirect push (Geoprobe-type) boring approach) is typically to characterize the lateral andvertical extent of contamination in the unsaturated zone. The test borings may also be usedto allow the installation of ground water monitoring wells.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Drilling will be performed by a licensed drilling firm under the direction of Tetra Tech. Thedrilling field crew will consist of a driller, a driller's assistant, and a Tetra Tech fieldgeologist/engineer. The field geologist will supervise drilling operations and conduct thegeologic logging of the boreholes. A list of typical equipment needed for installation ofmonitoring wells at the site is summarized in the table included in SOP #309.

C. PROCEDURE:

Prior to beginning any work, refer to the Site Health and Safety Plan. Then refer to theprocedure described below.

1. The drilling/direct push rig and sampling equipment shall be decontaminated by steam-cleaning (high pressure, hot water) prior to drilling.

2. The borings will be drilled with a hollow-stem auger drilling rig using an 6 1/4-inch (or10-inch) O.D. augers for SPT borings, or a direct-push sampling rig. The boring shallbe advanced incrementally to permit incremental or continuous sampling.

3. Drilling progress and information about the formations encountered shall be recordedby the geologist on the geologic log. The information should include total depth drilled,depths and thickness of strata, problems with borehole advancement, fill materialsencountered, and water levels.

4. For SPT borings at the chosen depth interval, drive a clean, standard, 24-inch long, 2-inch O.D. split-spoon sampler into the soil a distance of 18 inches using a 140 Ibhammer, free falling 30 inches. Record the number of blows required to drive thesampler every 6 inches on the field boring log. Discontinue driving the sampler if 50blows have been applied and the sampler has not been driven 6 inches. (The numberof hammer blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 inches is the StandardPenetration Resistance). For direct push borings, the sample probe will be pushed tothe desired depth and the sample collected and extracted.

5. Retrieve the sampler from the borehole and place it on a clean, flat surface. Open thesampler and immediately scan the sample with an air monitoring instrument (e.g., PIDor OVA). Record instrument readings on field boring log.

Further, describe and record the following properties of the sample: Sample lengthrecovered, presence of any slough in sampler, basic soil type (e.g., sand, gravel, clay),

Page 89: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #303REV. #4

AUGUST 2000PAGE 2 OF 2

'degree of saturation, color, odor, staining, and presence of foreign material(s).

6. After the soil within the sampler has been described, it will be placed in sealed samplejars or other sampling devices as required by the FSP (i.e., Encore Sampling Devicefor VOCs).

7. The air space surrounding the borehole shall be scanned with a FID or PID andExplosimeter during all drilling activities to determine the absence of volatile organiccompounds. Results of this air monitoring shall be recorded in the field logbook.Activities shall proceed according to the site HSP if the presence of volatile organiccompounds is indicated.

8. Between boreholes, the down-hole drilling or direct push tools shall be steam-cleaned.

9. Upon completion of the test boring, all drill cuttings shall be placed back in the boreholeand/or the cuttings placed in an approved container and the borehole pressuregrouted.

10. After sampling is completed, the location of the boreholes shall be marked with alabelled wooden stake. The station number, date of sampling, and "Tt"should be written on the stake in indelible ink. Then use the measuringtape to determine the distance and direction to the nearest landmark.Record the station number and location in the field logbook and on thesite sketch.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

All soil samples to be collected for volatile organic compound analysis (VOC) using MethodSW846 5035 require separate sample collection and handling procedures. See MethodSW846 5035 for specific procedures.

F. REFERENCES:

ASTM Standard D1586SW846 5035

Page 90: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #309REV. #2

July 11, 1996PAGE 1 OF 4

MONITORING WELL/PIEZOMETER INSTALLATION

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

Monitoring wells are used to define the lateral and vertical extent of ground-watercontamination. Piezometers are used to collect water level data. The proceduresdescribed below are intended to provide access to ground water with minimumdisturbance to the aquifer. Additionally, the procedures are intended to prevent cross-contamination between aquifers.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Drilling will be performed by a licensed drilling firm under the direction of Tetra Tech.The drilling field crew will consist of a driller, a driller's assistant, and a Tetra Tech fieldgeologist/engineer. The field geologist will supervise drilling operations and conduct thegeologic logging of the boreholes. A list of typical equipment needed for installation ofwells at the site is summarized in the attached table.

C. PROCEDURE:

Two types of wells will be discussed in this SOP. One type of well is installed inunconsolidated material in an unconfined aquifer. The second type of well is installedin a confined aquifer. Before proceeding with any work, refer to the Site Health andSafety Plan.

Wells installed in Unconfined Aquifers

Refer to SOP #303 for drilling procedures used to advance borehole.

The following procedure describes construction of a monitoring well/piezometer using4-inch diameter water-tight flush threaded PVC well casing and screen. The slot sizeof the screen is 0.020 inches and #2 Morie sand is used as the filter pack material.

It should be noted however, that the diameter and type of well casing material maydiffer according to different specific applications. Furthermore, the slot size of thescreen and the gradation of the filter pack material depend upon the average grain sizeof the geologic formation in which the well is installed. Direct consultation with a TetraTech hydrogeologist is recommended before implementing this procedure.

1. All well casing and screens shall be new and brought to the site enclosed inplastic. Contact of casing or screen with the ground prior to installation shall beavoided. Plastic sheeting (e.g., visqueen) shall be placed on the ground and usedas a cover to protect stockpiled materials from contamination.

2. If monitoring for contaminants less dense than water, drilling will proceed with an

Page 91: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #309REV. #2

Ju/y 11, 1996PAGE 2 OF 4

8-inch diameter drill bit to a depth of seven feet below the water table. The wellwill be screened across the water table, using ten feet of screen.

3. If monitoring for contaminants more dense than water, drilling will proceed untilthe first confining surface (e.g., clay layer, top of bedrock, etc.) is encountered.In these situations, ten feet of screen will be placed immediately above theconfining surface.

4. A sand pack composed of washed #2 Morie sand will be installed in the annularspace of each well from the base of the screen to two feet above the screenedinterval by gravity or a tremie pipe, as necessary. A bentonite pellet seal willextend two feet above the sand pack and will be allowed to hydrate for 1 5minutes before placing the grout. All annular packs and seals will be measuredand recorded in the field logbook. The remaining annulus to the ground surfacewill be filled with a cement-bentonite grout [not to exceed 14.2 pounds/gallon(less than 5 percent bentonite)] using a tremie pipe.

5. The wells shall extend 3 feet above grade with a 6-inch diameter protective steelsurface casing. The surface casing will be surrounded by a three-foot squareconcrete pad. The protective casing shall be fitted with a lockable water-tight cap.

In cases where wells must be installed in high traffic areas, the 6-inch protectivesteel casing may be replaced with 1 2-inch diameter manhole which is mountedflush with surface grade.

Wells installed in Confined Aquifers

Wells installed in confined aquifers must penetrate a confining layer. That confininglayer may be a clay lens in unconsolidated materials or unfractured bedrock inconsolidated materials. A mud rotary drilling rig will generally be used to advanceboreholes in unconsolidated materials, while an air rotary drilling rig is typically used todrill through bedrock.

1. Drill to the top of the confining surface using a 10-inch diameter drill bit. Eight-inch diameter steel casing will then be driven at least 6 inches into the confininglayer. The steel casing will then be grouted in place. After the grout has set,drilling will proceed with a 7 and 7/8-inch bit until the desired depth is reached.

If drilling proceeds through more than 1 confining layer, the same process asdescribed above will be repeated, except the first aquifer will be cased off with12- inch diameter casing and the second aquifer will be cased off with 10-inchdiameter casing, etc.

2. A well will then be constructed in this borehole in the same manner as describedin steps 1 through 5 above.

Page 92: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #309REV. #2

July 11, 1996PAGE 3 OF 4

When installing a well in fractured rock, it may be possible to leave the openborehole as is, depending upon the competency of the rock.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

Handbook of Suggested Practices for the Design and Installation of Ground-waterMonitoring Wells.

Page 93: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #309REV. #2

July 11, 1996PAGE 4 OF 4

TYPICAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION OF BOREHOLESAND

GROUND-WATER MONITORING WELLS/PIEZOMETERS

Heavy Equipment

Hollow-stem auger drill rig with 10-inch O.D. hollow stem augers (and/or)Air rotary drill rig with 7 and 7/8-inch and 1 2-inch air hammer bits (and/or)Mud rotary drill rig with 7 and 7/8-inch and 1 2-inch bitsDirect push sampling rig (Geoprobe-Type)500-gallon Water truck (if needed)Grout MixerSteam cleanerGenerator for steam cleaner

Sampling Tools

2-inch I.D split-barrel samplers3-inch I.D. thin-walled sampling tubes

Well Casing Materials

10-inch I.D steel casing8-inch I.D. steel casing6-inch locking surface steel protector cap4-inch4-inch2-inch2-inch1 -inch

.D. PVC flush-threaded casing and end caps

.D. PVC flush-threaded screen (0.020 inch slot size)D. PVC flush-threaded casing and end capsD. PVC flush-threaded screen (0.020 inch slot size)D. PVC flush-threaded casing and end caps

1-inch I.D. PVC flush-threaded screen (0.020 inch slot size)

Other Well Construction Materials

Type I Portland cementBentonite pellets#2 Morie sand

Miscellaneous Equipment/Materials

Bore brush55-gallon drumsStainless steel tape (100 feet)Tremie pipeShovels

Page 94: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #311REV. #1

February, 1996PAGE 1 OF 2

SURGE BLOCK WELL DEVELOPMENT

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

Mechanical surging is a method of development to force water to flow into and out ofa screen by operating a plunger up and down in the casing, similar to a piston in acylinder. The tool normally used is called a surge block, surge plunger, or swab. Aheavy bailer may be used to produce the surging action, but it is not as effective asthe close-fitting surge block.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Surge block, rope or threaded PVC/steel rod.

C. PROCEDURE:

1. Before starting to surge, the well should be bailed to make sure that water willflow into it.

2. Lower the surge block into the well until it is 10 to 15 feet (3 to 4.6m) beneaththe static water level, but above the screen. The water column will effectivelytransmit the action of the block to the screen section. The initial surging motionshould be relatively gentle, allowing any material blocking the screen to breakup, go into suspension, and then move into the well.

3. As water begins to move easily both into and out of the screen, the surging toolis usually lowered progressively downward through the entire length of thescreen. As the block is lowered, the force of the surging movement isincreased.

4. Continue surging for several minutes, then pull the block from the well. Air maybe used to blow the sediment out of the well if development is done with arotary rig or if an air compressor is available. Sediment can also be removedby a bailer or sand pump,

5. Continue surging and cleaning until little or no sand or fines can be pulled intothe well.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

See Step #5.

Page 95: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #311REV. #1

February, 1996PAGE 2 OF 2

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

The surge block should be operated with care in cases where excessive sand will beintroduced through the well screen to prevent the tool from becoming sand locked.

F. REFERENCES:

Driscoll, F.E., Groundwater and Wells. Second Edition, Johnson Division, St. Paul,MN. 1986, P. 504-506

Page 96: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #312REV. #1

February, 1996PAGE 1 OF 2

AIRLIFT SURGING WELL DEVELOPMENT TECHNIQUES

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

Compressed air can be used to develop wells in consolidated and unconsolidatedformations. In air surging-, air is injected into the well to lift the water to the surface.As it reaches the top of the casing, the air supply is shut off, allowing the aeratedwater column to fall. Air-lift pumping is used to pump the well periodically to removesediment from the screen or borehole and is accomplished by installing an air lineinside an eductor pipe in the well. Most air rotary drilling rigs, have sufficient aircapacity to develop 6-inch to 12-inch (152- to 305-mm) diameter wells.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Air compressor, air line

C. PROCEDURE:

1. Air development procedures should begin by determining that groundwater canflow freely into the screen. Application of too much air volume in the boreholewhen the formation is clogged can result in a collapsed screen. To minimizethe initial pumping rate, the air line and eductor (if used) can be placed at arather shallow submergence. At this setting, even the introduction of large airvolumes will produce only a moderate pumping rate and, therefore, will placeonly low collapse pressures on the well screen. Introduction of small airvolumes at greater submergence also will produce low yields.

2. Once uninhibited flow into the screen has been established, the eductor pipe (ifused) is lowered to within 5 ft. (1.5 m) of the bottom of the screen, assumingthat sufficient pressure is available to overcome the static head. Developmentcan also start near the top of the screen, depending on the preference of thedriller. The air line is placed so that its lower end is up inside the eductor pipeat the proper submergence level. Before blowing any water or drilling fluid outof the well with a sudden large injection of air, the air lift should be operated topump fluids at a reduced rate from the well.

3. Air is released into the line and the well is pumped until the water is virtuallysand free. The valve at the air tank outlet is then closed, allowing the pressurein the tank to build. The actual pressure required will depend on the startingsubmergence; 43 psi (296 kPa) is needed for each 100 feet (30.5 m) of startingsubmergence. In the meantime, the air line is lowered so that its lower end is 1feet or so below the eductor pipe. To initiate surging, the valve is openedquickly to allow air from the tank to rush suddenly into the well. This tends todrive the water outward through the well screen openings. Ordinarily, a briefbut forceful head of water will also overflow or shoot from the casing andeductor pipe at the ground surface. When the air line is pulled up into theeductor pipe after the first charge of air has been released into the well, the airlift will again pump, thus reversing the flow (water flows into the well) andcompleting the surging cycle.

Page 97: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #312REV. #1

February, 1996PAGE 2 OF 2

4. The well is pumped until the water clears up, and then another "head" of air isreleased with the air line set below the eductor pipe. To resume pumping, theair line is again lifted. Surging cycles are repeated until the water is relativelyfree of sand or other fine particles immediately after the screen has received anair blast.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

Driscoll, F.E. Groundwater and Wells Second Edition, Johnson Division, St. Paul,MM., 1986, P. 507-514

Page 98: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #313LLOW FLOW PROCEDURE

REV#0JULY 2001

PAGE 1 OF 5

GROUND-WATER SAMPLINGLOW FLOW PROCEDURE

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

To obtain representative ground water samples from an aquifer. This procedure forcollection of ground water samples using low-flow purging and sampling. The low-flow purging and sampling method is not appropriate for use in all hydrogeologicregimes, and particular groundwater monitoring well designs may make the methodunsuitable (e.g. open hole and long screen monitoring wells in bedrock andstratified sand and clay where the water bearing zones have not beencharacterized).

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

• Adjustable rate pump. Low flow-rate electrical submersible pumps arerecommended because (1) they are not subject to cyclical flow/arrest andconsequent potential for mobilizing fine-grained material, and (2) they may beless prone to operator error, thereby reducing potential error resulting fromapplication by different personnel. The pump should be easily adjustable andcapable of operating reliably at lower flow rates.

• Tubing: Tubing used in purging and sampling each well must be dedicated to theindividual well. Once properly located, moving the pump in the well should beavoided. Consequently, the same tubing should be used for purging andsampling.

• Water level measuring device or interface probe, 0.01 feet accuracy, (electronicpreferred for tracking water level drawdown during all pumping operations).

• Flow measurement supplies (e.g. graduated cylinder and stopwatch).

• Power source (e.g. generator).

• In-line flow-through cell containing stability criteria parameter monitoringinstruments for pH, specific conductance, temperature, Eh and dissolved oxygen(DO). The in-line device should be bypassed or disconnected during samplecollection.

• Photoionization detector (PID), or equivalent. PPE as listed in Health and SafetyPlan.

• Security line, 0.45 um filters (if applicable), sample bottles and preservatives, pHpaper.

Page 99: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #313LLOW FLOW PROCEDURE

REV#0JULY 2001

PAGE 2 OF 5

Paperwork, copies of related SOPs (#101, 200 series, #402-406, #501, 507, and allrelevant 600 series), calculator.

C. PROCEDURE:

1. Refer .to the site Health and Safety Plan (HSP) before proceeding with any work.Describe all work in the Field Logbook (SOP#101).

2. The wells will be sampled from the least contaminated well to the mostcontaminated well.

3. Prior to sampling, all wells shall be measured for the presence of organic vaporsper the site HSP. A Photoionization Detector (PID; SOP#203 or 205) may beused. Any readings shall be noted in the field logbook, and activities shallproceed in accordance with the site HSP.

4. Using a clean, decontaminated measurement probe, determine the water level inthe well (SOP#315); then calculate the fluid volume in the casing using themultiplier shown on the Well Sampling Log (attached) which corresponds to thewell casing diameter.

5. Attached the tubing and security line to a clean, decontaminated, low flow-ratecapable pump. Lower the pump slowly into the well to a depth corresponding tothe center of the well screen. Measure the water level again with the pump inthe well before starting the pump. Start the pump at the lowest ratepossible (100 mL/min) while measuring the drawdown continuously. Thepumping rate can be increased as long as the drawdown in the well is lessthan 0.2 ft and the water level stabilizes. Water level measurements shouldbe made continuously. Precautions should be taken to avoid pump suctionloss or air entrainment. Pumping rates should, if needed, be reduced to theminimum capabilities of the pump to avoid pumping the well dry andensure stabilization of indicator parameters. If the recharge rate of thewell is very low, purging should be interrupted so as not to cause thedraw-down within the well to advance below the pump intake but theoperator should attempt to maintain a steady flow rate with the pump tothe extent practicable, hi these low-yielding wells, where 100 mL/minexceeds the entrance rate of groundwater into the well, it is important toavoid dewatering the well screen interval. In these cases, the pump shouldremain in place and the water level should be allowed to recoverrepeatedly until there is sufficient volume in the well to permit collectionof samples. An alternative means of sample collection may be necessaryunder these conditions.

Page 100: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #313LLOW FLOW PROCEDURE

REV#0JULY 2001

PAGE 3 OF 5

6. Every five minutes during purging, field measurements of selected parametersare performed. Calibrate field equipment per SOP#207 and/or #209. Measureconductivity (SOP#404), pH (SOP#403), temperature (SOP#402),oxidation/reduction potential (ORP; SOP#406), and dissolved oxygen (DO;SOP#405) and drawdown until the measurements are stable. Stability is definedas:

total draw-down is 0.2 feet or less;+/-0.1forpH;

• +/- 3 % for conductivity and temperature;+/-10mVforORP

• +/-10% for dissolved oxygen

All measurements may be made simultaneously using an in-line water qualitysystem (SOP#207). The priority for stability is conductivity, pH, temperature,ORP, and DO with any changes hi water color, turbidity, or odor also beingnoted. If stability is not achieved, additional water shall be purged, and readingscollected, until stability is reached.

If stability, as defined above, is not reached, but three well volumes have beenpurged from the well, and the water quality parameters are +/- 10%, the samplewill be collected.

7. Once stability is reached, fill all appropriate sample bottles from the low-flowpump (refer to SOP#605 for sample volumes needed, appropriate sample bottles,etc.). The first sample collected should be the sample portion that is to beanalyzed for volatile organic compounds, making absolutely certain that there areno bubbles adhering to the walls or the top of the sample container. Next collectthe sample portions for the other organic analyses, if any. Then collect thesample for the inorganic parameter of cyanide. Finally, collect a sample for totalmetals analysis.

If the ground-water sample includes a dissolved metals portion, the water for thedissolved metals analysis will be filtered hi the field using 0.45-um acryliccopolymer filters in a prepackaged, disposable polypropylene in-line filter. Thelow-flow submersible pump will be used to pump the ground water through thein-line filter and into the sample container. To reduce the potential for redoxreactions because of aeration, a slow flow rate must be maintained.

8. Ground water samples should then be preserved using the appropriatepreservative (refer to SOP#607 for specific procedures). The samples for volatileorganic compounds should be preserved with hydrochloric acid (HC1) to a pH ofless than 2. The sample to be analyzed for cyanide should be preserved withsodium hydroxide to a pH greater than 12. The samples to be analyzed formetals (both total and dissolved) should be preserved with nitric acid to a pH ofless than 2; Using pH paper verify that the samples have been preserved to theproper pH.

9. After all sample containers are filled, recheck that the sample collected for theanalysis of volatile organic compounds does not contain headspace or bubbles.

Page 101: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRATECHSOP#313LLOW FLOW PROCEDURE

REV#0JULY 2001

PAGE 4 OF 5

All samples collected will be filled to the capacity required for analysis per SOP#605.

10. Complete all sample labels and place the samples into a cooler with ice packs;maintain a sample temperature of 4 degrees C. Complete all relevant samplepaperwork (tags, Chain-of-Custody form) per SOP#611-619 depending upon therequired analyses.

11. Secure the well. Decontaminate all equipment (probes, beakers, bailers, pump,electrical cords, etc.) used during purging and sampling per SOP#501 and 507.

12. Once all samples have been collected, pack samples per SOP#621 for shipmentto the laboratory for analysis.

E. OA/OC REQUIREMENTS:

Refer to SOP#609 for a discussion of required QA/QC samples and sampling procedures.Field check sample pH following preservation per SOP#608.

F. SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

None

G. REFERENCES:

Contract Laboratory Program Sampler's Guide (8/90), EPA Quality AssuranceDirectives, EPA Ground Water Issue paper entitled Low-Flow (MinimalDrawdown) Ground-Water Sampling Procedures".

O:\WPdata\0151\RevisedPlansandSDecs\SOP-313-lowflow.wDd

Page 102: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH INCWELL SAMPLING LOG

LOW FLOW PROCEDURE

Well Designation:Date:Analysis:Sampler:

Total DepthDepth to Water

Column of WateVolume ConverOne well volum

Max. volume

Time PurgeRate

Well Volumeftft

!T ft

sion X gal/fte = eal

"V "2X J —

Depth towater (ft)

Draw-down (ft)

gal

Temperature©

Sheet:Sample Designation:QA/QC Sample Designation:Time: QA/QC Time:

Volume ConversionWell Diameter

Casing gal/ft Casing gal/ftDiameter Diameter

1" 0.04 8" 2.6112" 0.163 10" 4.084" 0.653 12" 5.87

6" 1.469

Conductivity(mSiemans)

PH ORP (mV) DO(mg/L)

Descriptionof water

Page 103: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #315REV. #1

July, 1997PAGE 1 OF 2

MEASUREMENT OF WATER LEVEL/FREE PRODUCT THICKNESS

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

The objective of measuring ground-water levels is to evaluate horizontal and vertical flowgradients in an aquifer. Additionally, water level measurements made over a period of timeare used to assess the extent of seasonal fluctuation of the water table.

Free product thickness is measured to determine the lateral extent of free productcontamination in an unconfined aquifer.

iB. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Oil/water interface probe (e.g., Oil Recovery System probe), or a water level indicator (electricor M-Scope) and a clear teflon bailer.

C. PROCEDURE:

1. If it is unknown whether free product is present in a well, first lower the clear bailer intothe well until liquid is encountered. Remove the bailer from the well and record thethickness of free product, if any is present, to the nearest 0.01 foot.

2. Then lower the water level indicator from a.marked point at the top of the well casinguntil a tone is heard (for the electric type) or the needle is deflected on the meter (for theM-Scope). If using an oil/water interface probe, one type of tone will indicate theinterface between air and free product and a second tone will indicate the interfacebetween, free product and water. Record all measurements to the nearest 0.01 foot.

3. Note the measuring point on the well casing (i.e, top of inner PVC casing, top of steelprotective casing, etc.).

4. Convert the measurements to a common datum (mean sea level) using the surveyedelevations of each well and record in the field book.

5. Decontaminate the probe (and bailer, if used) after each use.

D. OA/OC REQUIREMENTS:

Use of a clear bailer and an electric water level meter are not as accurate as use of an oil/waterinterface probe. If free product is known to exist in the well, the oil/water interface probe isrecommended.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS None.

F. REFERENCES:

Page 104: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #315REV. #1

July, 1997PAGE2 OF2

None.

Page 105: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #401REV. #3

March 19, 1996PAGE 1 OF 5

SURFACE WATER SAMPLING

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

While investigating the potential presence and extent of contamination emanating from a site,sampling of surface water, in various streams on or adjacent to a site, may be performed.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Dedicated: Meter Stick-sample bottles, glass, and/or pH Meter-stainless steel collection vessel/pitcher Eh Meter

Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Meter ThermometerSpecific Conductance Meter Flow MeterTetra Tech Surface Water/Sediment Sampling Log (attached).

C. PROCEDURE:

1. When collecting both water and sediment at the same location, the surface water sample willbe collected first. Approach the sampling location from downstream, moving upstream to thesample location.

2. The samples will be collected from depositional areas where there is predominantly fine-grained sediment. These areas should also be characterized by a steady, but non-turbulent,flow of water. These criteria are designed to maximize sample quality by maximizing theadsorption of metals and organics in the sediments and the retention of volatile constituentsin the water column, respectively. Adjust the field sampling locations to accommodate theabove considerations, making sure to measure and record relocation information (e.g.,distance from proposed location in what direction), if any, in the field log sheet.

3. Once the sampling location has been established, describe the location in terms of water flowrate and descriptive parameters listed below by completing the corresponding SurfaceWater/Sediment Sampling Log (which contains additional definitions):

FLOW RATE - Three readings with a flow meter should be taken and averaged (add the threetogether and divide the sum by three). If a flow meter is not available, follow the procedurebelow.

Measure (or estimate if too large to measure) the average stream width and depth. Streamdepth should be measured with a meter stick at three locations (1/4 width, midpoint, 3/4width) and then the three values should be averaged together. Measure flow velocity threetimes by measuring off a 30-foot stretch and timing how long is required for a semi-submerged object (e.g., apple, orange or egg) to traverse the 30-foot length. Average thethree measurements of stream velocity (add the three and then divide by three) in units offt/sec. [Do not use a twig or other object which predominantly float on the water surface.This will result in an over-estimation of the velocity.] Multiply the average velocity (in

Page 106: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #401REV. #3

March 19, 1996PAGE 2 OF 5

feet/sec) by the average stream width (in feet), then multiply by the stream average depth (infeet). The product will be the average flow volume in units of cubic feet/sec.

DESCRIPTIVE PARAMETERS - Describe the surface water/sediment sampling location bydescribing the stream bed, the stream water, and surrounding environment. Refer to thesampling log and complete it as follows: Describe the amount of organic material seen in thestream, from toppled trees and branches to fine particles on the bed. Estimate the texture ofthe stream sediment (% rocks, gravel, sand, silt/clay, etc.) and estimate the depth of sedimentsample collection. Describe the water in terms of turbidity (clear, slightly turbid, moderatelyturbid, very turbid), and odor, if any. Describe the stream at the sampling location in termsof the percentage of pool (deep, calm, pooled areas), % riffle (shallow, swift-flowing, withthe surface broken e.g., tumbling over rocks), and % run (smoothly flowing). The sum ofthe three types should total 100%. Describe the adjacent banks and surrounding area in termsof amount and type of vegetation, steepness of the banks, rocky versus muddy banks,outcrops, sunny vs. shady, etc.

4. One team member will perform the actual sample collection; he/she will carefully adopt anoptimal sampling position, and once in that position, will not move his/her feet until allsampling at that locality is concluded in order to minimize agitation of the sediment andwater.

5. Stream sediments are to remain undisturbed by the water collection vessel. Should contactwith the bottom and resuspension of sediment occur, the sampling team is to halt samplinguntil the water has cleared. If the water does not clear within a few minutes, the team is toproceed slightly upstream (about 1 meter or just above the disturbed area) and resume thesampling effort.

6. Submerge the open water collection vessel in water with mouth below the water surface.Take care not to collect any floating solids or materials disturbed from the bottom of the waterbody. In areas of active flow, point bottle mouth downstream. (A stainless steel pitcher maybe used to facilitate collection of the portion of the sample for analysis of organics, but shouldnot be used to collect the portion to be analyzed for inorganics).

7. Using the collection vessel, transfer the necessary amount of surface water from the waterbody to a container for field measurements of Eh, pH, specific conductance, dissolvedoxygen, and temperature. The size and type of container to be used, and the amount of waterneeded, will vary depending upon the instruments used to measure the field parameters; someinstruments are equipped with specially designed cups to hold the water, submersibleinstruments (e.g., the YSI meter) are placed into the actual water body itself, etc. Proceduresfor each field measurement are specified in Tetra Tech SOP's #402 through 406. Record thefield parameter measurements on the log sheet.

8. Use the collection vessel to fill all designated sample bottles. Collect the_ volatile organicfraction first, if it is to be collected. Add appropriate preservatives to samples as given inSOP #607.

9. Label the sample bottles with all necessary information.

Page 107: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #401REV. #3

March 19, 1996PAGE 3 OF 5

10. Place the properly labeled sample bottles in a cooler with ice and maintain at 4°C for theduration of the sampling and transportation period. Do not allow samples to freeze.

11. Record all sampling information in the field logbook and complete all chain-of-custodydocuments.

12. Photograph the sampling location for future reference, being sure to photograph any notablefeatures present at the sampling location.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Make special efforts to limit disturbance of the water body prior to sampling. If biological samplingis to be performed, complete the chemical sampling and field measurements first.

F. REFERENCES:

None.

Page 108: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #401REV. #3

March 19, 1996PAGE 4 OF 5

TETRA TECH, INC.SURFACE WATER/SEDIMENT SAMPLING LOG Page I of 2 Log No.:

Project: Project No.:Date:

Sample Designation: Start Time:Finish Time:

Sample Location: Analyses:

FLOW RATE

(1) Stream Width

(2a) Stream Depth

(2b) Stream Depth

(2c) Stream Depth

(3a) How Velocity

(3b) Flow Velocity

;3c) Flow Velocity

ft

ft

_f t

ft

_ ft/sec

ft/sec

ft/sec

(4) Average Stream Depth(2a + 2b + 2c) + 3

(5) Average Flow Velocity(3a + 3b + 3c) + 3

(6) Average Flow Volume(1x4x5)

(7) High Water Mark

ft/sec

eft/sec

DESCRIPTIVE PARAMETERS

% Organic Substrate:

% of Organic Substrate that is:

% Inorganic Substrate:

% of Inorganic Substrate that is:

'olor of Sediment:

lample Collection Depth (sediment):

Water Turbidity (C, ST. MT, VT):

% Riffle/Run/Pool:

Odor (1, 2,3.4. 5):

Detritus Muck/Mud % Marl

Bedrock Boulder % Cobble % Gravel % Sand Silt % Clay _

Riffle % Run % Pool

>ESCRIPTION OF ADJACENT AREA (SUBMERGED VEGETATION, BANK VEGETATION/COVER, WIDTH OF FLOOD ZONE, CHANNELIZATION, RUN/BEND RATIO, % SHADE COVER,

% SNAGS. ETC.):

Page 109: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #401REV. #3

March 19, 1996PAGE 5 OF 5

WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS Page 2 of 2PRIMARY PARAMETERS

Parameter

Oxidation-Reduction Potential

pHSpecific Conductivity

Temperature •

Dissolved Oxygen

Result Units

Log No.:

SUPPLEMENTAL PARAMETERSParameter

Acidity

Residual Chloride

Salinity

Other:

Other:

Result Units

NOTES:

Logged By: Photograph #:

DATA FORM KEY

ORGANIC SUBSTRATE

detritus - Disintegrated or partially disintegrated coarse organic matter (e.g.,leaves, twigs, bark)

INORGANIC SUBSTRATE

bedrock - solid rock surfaceboulder - diameter > 10 inchescobble - diameter 2.5 to 10 inchesgravel - diameter 0. 1 to 2.5 inches

TURBIDITY OF WATER

C - clearST - dull clarity, visibility through water 5+ ft

ODOR

0 - no odor1 - trace, intermittent odor near water surface2 - moderate odor intermittent near water surface, or weak odor

continually in breathing zone

DESCRIPTION OF STREAM AND ADJACENT AREA

muck/mud - fine, rich, loose, organic soilmarl - lime-like material such as shells or

limestone

sand - gritty, course inorganic materialsilt - fine, smooth, inorganic materialclay - slick, plastic, ultra-fine inorganic material

MT - clouded, visibility through water 2 to 5 ftVT - highly turbulent, visibility through water < 2 ft

3 - moderate odor continually near water surface4 - moderate to strong odor near water surface and

moderate odor in breathing zone5 - powerful odor throughout sample location

snag: any log, clump, or twig within and submerged in the water body,

riparian: pertaining to the bank or shore of a water body,

high water mark: the highest point within the riparian area where there is evidence of water flow associated with flooding.

bend/run ratio: the ratio of additional stream flow distance resultant from the bends as compared to the straight linear distance a segment ofa stream (run) travels,

channelization: the extent of which the stream has developed a defined pathway through the existing terrain.

f:\wpdata\sop-env\sop-401. wp

Page 110: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #402REV. #0

September ? 7, 7992PAGE 1 OF 1

FIELD MEASUREMENT OF WATER TEMPERATURE

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

To record accurate temperature of surface water for site characterizationpurposes.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

NBS - calibrated thermometers or YSI Flow Thru meter

C. PROCEDURE:

1. If using thermometer:

• Check thermometer for cracks or gaps in the mercury.• Draw sample of at least 200 ml into beaker or sample bottle.• Place thermometer in sample. Do not allow thermometer bulb to

touch sides of beaker. Allow to equilibrate (about 1 min).• Record temperature to nearest 1° C in field logbook.

2. If using YSI Flow Thru meter:

• Draw sample of at least 200 ml into beaker or sample bottle.• Place temperature probe in sample. Do not allow probe to touch

sides of beaker. Allow to equilibrate (about 1 min).• Record temperature to nearest 1° C in field logbook.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

On a quarterly basis, check against NBS-calibrated field laboratorythermometer. Agreement should be within 0.5° C.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

See SOP #207 for information regarding use of YSI Flow Thru meter.

Page 111: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #403REV. #0

September 17, 1992PAGE 1 OF 1

FIELD MEASUREMENT OF pH FOR SURFACE AND GROUND WATERS

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

To accurately record the pH of water for site characterization purposes.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Markson 611 pH meter or YSI Flow Thru meter, spare battery, plastic beakers,buffer solution of pH 4, 7, and 10.

C. PROCEDURE:

1. Rinse 500-mL plastic beaker with small portions of sample water 3 times.

2. Rinse electrodes with sample water.

3. Immerse electrode in sample while swirling the sample, if needed, toprovide thorough mixing. Turn on meter. Read pH to nearest 0.1 unitonce the reading is stabilized.

4. Record sample pH. Note any problems such as drift of meter.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

A calibration verification check standard will be analyzed after every tenreadings.

Check batteries each time the meter is used. Carry a spare battery pack anda screwdriver into the field in the pH meter case.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

Refer to SOP's # 207 and 209 for further information.

Page 112: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #404REV. #1

April 2000PAGE 1 OF 1

FIELD MEASUREMENT OF SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

To accurately record the specific conductance of water for site characterizationpurposes.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

YSI Flow Thru Meter, plastic or glass beaker

C. PROCEDURE:

1. Mechanically zero the instrument while the instrument is OFF usingscrewdriver adjustment on the meter face.

2. Collect water sample in 500-mL plastic beaker.

3. Swirl conductivity probe in sample; discard sample.

4. Collect fresh sample in beaker.

5. Measure sample temperature to nearest 1° C.

6. Adjust the temperature setting on conductivity meter as per recordedtemperature.

7. Turn on meter and immerse conductivity probe in sample. Move probearound in sample to displace any air bubbles.

8. Select the lowest appropriate multiplier setting to obtain the greatestmeter needle deflection. Read the conductivity from the dial and recordin field notebook.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

A calibration verification check standard will be analyzed at the beginningand end of each work-day.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

See SOP #207 for further information.

Page 113: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #405REV.#0

September 17, 1992PAGE 1 OF 2

FIELD MEASUREMENT OF DISSOLVED OXYGEN

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

To accurately record the dissolved oxygen content of water for sitecharacterization purposes.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

dissolved oxygen meter, plastic beaker, KCI solution (17 grams of KCI per 92ml of distilled water).

C. PROCEDURE:

On the morning of a sampling trip, check meter batteries and electrode.

1. Check that meter pointer is exactly at zero when meter is upright. Ifnecessary, adjust its position with the screw in the center of the meterpanel.

2. Switch to Red Line and adjust knob until needle aligns with red line. Ifneedle cannot be brought up to red line, replace instrument batteries(four size C batteries).

3. Examine electrode. If membrane is damaged, or there are bubblesbeneath it, or it is wrinkled or pinched under the O-ring, replacemembrane.

a. Take off the O-ring and remove old membrane.

b. Fill electrode with half-saturated KCI solution. Holding probesensor-end up, drip solution into the top while pumping gently on theprobe diaphragm with the eraser end of a pencil. Continue until nomore bubbles appear.

c. Secure a membrane against the probe body under your left thumb.Add more electrolyte to the probe until a large meniscus completelycovers the gold cathode. NOTE: Handle membrane material withcare, keeping it clean and dust free, touching it only at the ends.

d. With the thumb and forefinger of your other hand, grasp the free endof the membrane.

e. Using a continuous motion stretch the membrane up, over, anddown the other side of the sensor.

f. Secure the end of the membrane under the forefinger of the handholding the probe.

Page 114: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #405REV. #0

September 17, 1992PAGE 2 OF 2

g. Roll the O-ring over the end of the probe. There should be nowrinkles in the membrane or trapped air bubbles. Some wrinklesmay be removed by lightly tugging on the edges of the membranebeyond the O-ring. Trim off excess membrane with scissors orsharp knife. Check that the stainless steel temperature sensor isnot covered by excess membrane.

4. Store probe attached to meter, with the electrode end inserted in thespecial plastic bottle. Check that Kimwipe in bottom of bottle is moist. Ifnecessary, add distilled water.

5. At each station, air-calibrate the probe according to the manufacturer'sinstructions before taking a reading.

6. Immerse probe in sample water. For groundwater, have pump dischargetube in the bottom of a beaker, allow water to overflow. For surfacewater, probe is immersed in a beaker which has been dipped from thestream with minimal turbulence.

7. Allow probe to acclimate to sample temperature for 30 sec.

8. Switch to 0-10 setting and read dissolved oxygen concentration tonearest 0.1 mg/L. If the reading is less than 5, switch to 0-5 setting. Ina quiescent beaker of water, the probe must be gently moved up anddown while the reading is taken.

9. Check meter calibration against replicate Winkler determinations at thebeginning and end of each day in the field according to themanufacturer's instructions. The water used may be distilled or tap waterbrought into the field.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

None.

Page 115: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #406REV. #0

September 22, 1992PAGE 1 OF 1

FIELD MEASUREMENT OF REDOX POTENTIAL (Eh)

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

To accurately record the Eh of water for site characterization purposes.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

YSI Flow Thru meter, spare battery, plastic beakers,

C. PROCEDURE:

1. Rinse 500-mL plastic beaker with small portions of sample water 3 times.

2. Rinse electrode with sample water.

3. Immerse electrode in sample while swirling the sample, if needed, toprovide thorough mixing. Turn on meter. Read Eh to nearest 1 millivoltonce the reading is stabilized.

4. Record sample Eh in the field log book. Note any problems such as driftof meter.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

Refer to SOP #207 for further information.

Page 116: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #501April 2000

PAGE 1 OF 3

SMALL EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

Decontamination will be performed between each sample collection point. (Waste productsproduced by the decontamination procedures such as waste liquids, solids, rags, gloves, etc.,will be collected and disposed of properly based on the nature of contamination). See SOP #507for specific details on the handling of decontamination wastes.

Decontamination of sampling equipment is performed to prevent cross contamination betweensamples.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Alconox, tap water, distilled water, 20% methanol, 10% nitric acid, 1 gallon pressure spraybottles, long-handled brushes, 5 gallon plastic buckets

C. PROCEDURE:

See attached flow chart and refer to procedure described below.

1. Disassemble equipment, as required.

2. Remove gross contamination from the equipment by brushing and then rinsing with tapwater.

3. Wash with Alconox and tap water.

4. Rinse with distilled water.

5. Rinse with methanol when sampling for organics only.

6. Rinse with nitric acid when sampling for inorganics only./

7. Rinse with nitric acid and then with methanol when sampling for both organic andinorganic analytes.

8. Rinse with distilled water.

9. Air dry equipment.

10. Field personnel will use a new pair of outer gloves before handling sample equipment afterit is cleaned.

11. If equipment is not to be used again immediately, it will be wrapped in aluminum foil.

Page 117: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #501April 2000

PAGE 2 OF 3

D. QA/QC:

Field equipment rinsate blanks will be collected and used to assess the quality of equipmentdecontamination.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

Reusable PPE, such as respirators, chemical-resistant overboots, gloves shall also undergo theequipment decontamination sequence.

F. REFERENCES:

OSHA Health and Safety Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities.

Page 118: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #501April 2000

PAGE 3 OF 3

DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCESAMPLING EQUIPMENT/MONITORING INSTRUMENTS

SEGREGATED EQUIPMENT DROP I EXCLUSIONZONE

HOT LINE

TAP WATER RINSE

SOAP/WATER SOLUTION WIPE/WASH |

DISTILLED WATER RINSE

CONTAMINATIONREDUCTION

ZONE10% NITRIC ACID RINSE

I10% METHANOL SOLUTION RINSE

DISTILLED WATER RINSE |

CONTAMINATION CONTROL LINE

I SUPPORTZONE

AIR DRY

Page 119: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #503REV. #0

September 18, 1992PAGE 1 OF 1

LARGE EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

Decontamination of large equipment (drilling rigs, backhoe excavators, bulldozers, etc., isnecessary to prevent cross-contamination between sampling points and to prevent the removalof contaminants from a hazardous waste site.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Steam cleaner, generator, decontamination pad, 55-gallon drums, centrifugal pump, dischargehose.

C. PROCEDURE:

1) Unless otherwise noted, all decontamination of large equipment will take place on adecontamination pad designed to collect all rinsate generated during the cleaning activity.

2) The drilling rig/excavation equipment and materials need to arrive on-site in a cleancondition, and should be free of oil, grease, and debris. Inspect the rig for any fluid leaks.

3) Steam clean the drill rig/excavator, tools, drill bits, buckets, etc., are steam cleaned priorto the start of work. After steam cleaning, the equipment should be inspected for residuessuch as machine oil. If residues are observed, the equipment should be steam cleaneduntil such residues are removed.

4) In the event that equipment is contaminated with heavy oils or products that cannot beremoved by the standard decontamination procedures outlined above, the followingmodifications will be made. First, wipe all excess oil/tar from the equipment with a papertowel or clean rag. Second, with a paper towel or clean rag that has been soaked inhexane, wipe any residual contamination off the equipment. When equipment is relatively

-free of gross oil or tar contamination, proceed with the usual decontamination procedure.

5) At the completion of the project, or when required, all rinsate generated fromdecontamination activities shall be pumped from the decontamination pad to 55-gallondrums for disposal.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

None.

Page 120: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #505REV. #0

September 18, 1992PAGE1 OF 5

DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURE FOR PERSONNEL

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

The objective of decontamination is to prevent the transmission of contaminants to personneland equipment and to prevent the spread of contaminants off-site. Decontamination isperformed as a quality assurance measure and as a safety precaution during sampling.

Decontamination of personnel and equipment shall take place in the ContaminationReduction Zone.

All personnel must undergo decontamination prior to leaving the site. If non-disposableclothing is used for Level D activities, it must be removed in the Decontamination reductionZone. All personnel must wash their hands with soap and water prior to each entry back intothe Support Zone. All personnel should also shower and wash their hair as soon as possibleafter leaving the site.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Decontamination pad, brushes, polyethylene, tap water, soap, 55-gallon drum, shallow washbuckets.

C. PROCEDURE:

Personnel decontamination sequences for the different levels of PPE are depicted in flowcharts.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

OSHA Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities

Page 121: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCELEVEL D PROTECTION

\ EXCLUSION ZONE

BAG

COVERALLS

REDRESS AREA

• BOOT COVER/OUTER GLOVES

BOOT COVER&

GLOVE WASH

SEGREGATEDEQUIPMENT

DROP

CONTAMINATION. REDUCTION

ZONE

•HOTLINE'

CONTAMINATION'CONTROL LINE '

SUPPORTZONE

SOURCE: OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH MANUAL FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE ACTIVITIESNIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA 1985

TETRA TECH, INC.

PERSONAL DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCELEVEL D PROTECTION

Page 122: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCEMODIFIED LEVEL D PROTECTION

EXCLUSION ZONE

SEGREGATEDEQUIPMENT

DROP

CONTAMINATIONREDUCTION

ZONE

OUTER GLOVE!

REMOVAL 1

FIELD 1 w |1 *B^p- REDRESS 1

WASH | |

SUPPORTZONE

SOURCE: OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH MANUAL FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE ACTIVITIESNIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA 1985

CONTAMINATIONCONTROL LINE

•BL TETRA TECH, INC.•t

PERSONAL DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCEMODIFIED LEVEL D PROTECTION

wrcrv

Page 123: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCELEVEL C PROTECTION

EXCLUSION ZONE

REDRESS AREA• CANISTER CHANGE• BOOT COVER/

OUTER GLOVES

EQUIPMENTDECONTAMINATION

SEQUENCE

BOOT COVER&

GLOVE RINSE

BOOT COVERit

GLOVE WASH

SEGREGATEDEQUIPMENT

DROP

INNER GLOVE)

REMOVAL

•HOTLINE'

CONTAMINATIONREDUCTION

ZONE

CONTAMINATION"CONTROL LINE

SUPPORTZONE

SOURCE: OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH MANUAL FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE ACTIVITIESNIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA

TETRA TECH, INC.

PERSONAL DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCELEVEL C PROTECTION

Page 124: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCELEVEL B PROTECTION

EXCLUSION ZONE

BOOT COVER&

GLOVE WASH

SEGREGATEDEQUIPMENT

DROP

CONTAMINATIONCONTROL LINE

SUPPORTZONE

TETRA TECH, INC

PERSONAL DECONTAMINATION SEQUENCELEVEL B PROTECTION

SOURCE: OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH MANUAL FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE ACTIVITIESNIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA 1985

Page 125: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #609REV. #4

April 2001PAGE 1 OF 2

QA/QC SAMPLES

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

Quality control samples are used to trace potential routes of sample contamination. Eachtype of sample traces a different route of contamination.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Analyte-free water, distilled water, certified clean sample containers.

C. PROCEDURE:

1. Field Duplicate Samples

Field Duplicate samples will be collected at a site-specific frequency not less than oneper week per matrix or 10% of matrix samples collected, whichever is greater. Theduplicates will be collected in the same manner as their corresponding routinesamples, and will be submitted "blind" to the laboratory to assess lab precision.

2. Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicate Samples

Matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates are laboratory required quality controlsamples. The laboratory must be provided with additional sample volume for eachsample matrix to complete their analysis. One matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate(MS/MSD) pair will be collected per matrix per 20 samples. The sample volumerequired for a MS/MSD is triple the routine sample volume for organic parameters, anddouble volume for inorganic parameters. Again, the MS/MSD pairs will be collectedin the same manner as their corresponding routine samples.

3. Field Blank Samples

Field blanks are blanks prepared prior to the sampling event from clean, analyte-freematerials most closely resembling the sample matrices to be collected in the field. Theblanks are transported to the field along with the containers in which the routinesamples will be collected. Once in the field, the caps of the field blanks are removedso that the field blanks are exposed to the same conditions as the routine samples.At the end of each location sampling event, the caps to the field blanks are replaced,and the blanks are then subjected to the same protocol as the routine samples. Fieldblanks are collected for water only. One field blank will be collected per 20samples.

4. Equipment Rinseate Samples

Equipment rinseate (EQR) blanks are collected to assess thoroughness of the fielddecontamination process, thus to minimize or at least document levels of potentialsample cross-contamination. One EQR sample will be collected per each sampledelivery group, approximately one per 20 samples collected, per analysis, per matrix.EQR samples are often collected at the rate of one per day of sampling. The

Page 126: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #609REV. #4

April 2001PAGE 2 OF 2

equipment rinseate blank will be collected by pouring analyte-free water, directly overdecontaminated sampling equipment into a prepared sample container. Theequipment rinseate blanks are then shipped to the laboratory with the other routinesamples collected.

5. Trip Blank Samples

Trip blanks for volatile organic samples are prepared in the laboratory prior to thesampling event using organic-free (ASTM Type 2) water. The trip blanks accompanythe routine sample containers to the field, during collection of the samples in the field,and during transport of the routine volatile organic samples back to the laboratory. Tripblanks must remain un-opened until time of analysis. One trip blank sample will beincluded in each sample shipping container that contains samples to be analyzed forvolatile organic compounds.

6. Temperature Blank Samples

A 40-ml vial is to be filled with distilled water, clearly labelled "USEPA TemperatureIndicator", and included in each shipping cooler containing cooled samples (all samplesbut inorganic aqueous samples) sent to a CLP lab. Label the bottle with the relevantCase Number, and list the temperature indicator on the TR/COC under Section F "TagNumber". A temperature indicator does not require an EPA sample Tag. Pack thetemperature indicator in with the matrix samples for shipment to the lab. Temperatureindicators should also be provided for non-CLP cases (e.g., DAS, EPA's CRL lab, etc.);for such cases, use the EPA COC and list the temperature indicator under the columns"station location" and "remarks".

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

Exhibit 3-6, Sampler's Guide to the CLP (EPA/540/R-96/032); CST Bulletin; TemperatureIndicators.

Page 127: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #613REV. #2

June, 1999PAGE1 OF 3

TETRA TECH CHAIN OF CUSTODY FORM

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

Sample custody is a necessary aspect of ensuring sample integrity. Sample custodyis to be maintained during all sample handling activities. By definition, samples are incustody if they:

• are in the possession of an authorized individual;• are in the field of vision of an authorized individual; and• are in a secure area or a locked container.

In order to verify sample integrity, written conclusive proof is required that samples arecollected, transferred, prepared, and analyzed in an unbroken chain. That written proofis a Chain-of-Custody form.

B: EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

Black ink pen, Tetra Tech Chain-of-Custody (COC) forms (see attached example).

C. PROCEDURE:

The Tetra Tech COC is used to accompany samples that are submitted to a laboratoryfor analysis.

To complete the COC form, the following information must be provided:

• The Tetra Tech project number (RCN);

• The project name;

• The sampler's signature;

The contact person at Tetra Tech (usually the Project Manger);

• The station number (which must be different from the station location);

The date and time the sample was taken;

Whether the sample is composite or grab;

• The number of containers in which the sample has been placed;

• The type of analyses requested;

• Under "Remarks" (in the lower right corner of the record), the airbill number of thecontainer in which the samples will be shipped to the laboratory. (When samplesare shipped to the laboratory via commercial carrier, the airbill serves as anextension of the chain-of-custody.); and

Page 128: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #613REV. #2

June, 1999PAGE 2 OF 3

• Under "Relinquished by" and "Received by", the signature of every authorizedperson who maintains custody of the samples.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

A second person should review all entries before the form is sealed in the samplecooler.Mistakes should be corrected by crossing out the incorrect entry with a single line,initialing the line out, and entering the correct entry immediately adjacent to the incorrectentry.

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

None.

F. REFERENCES:

None.

Page 129: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD

PROJ NO. PROJECT NAME

SAMPLERS SIGNATURE:

CONTACT PERSON:

STA. DATE TIME STATION LOCATION

C O M M E N T S

S U M M A R Y

TOTAL

TETRATECHENGINEERS/ARCHITECTS/SCIENTISTSHome Office

PLAZA 273, 56 WEST MAIN ST. CHRISTIANA DE. 19702 (302) 738-7551

R E L I N Q U I S H E D B Y :S I G N A T U R E

R E L I N Q U I S H E D B Y ;S I G N A T U R E

DATE TIME RECEIVED FOR LABORATORYSIGNATURE

DATE TIME

DATE TIME

REMARKS

RECEIVED BY;SIGNATURE

LOG BOOK #

Page 130: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #621REV. #1

July, 1997PAGE1 OF 2

SAMPLE SHIPPING

A. PURPOSE/SCOPE:

This procedure describes proper packaging of samples for shipment to the laboratory.

B. EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS:

40-quart ice coolers, vermiculite, ziploc bags, lawn and leaf trash bags, ice or freezerpacks, chain-of-custody seals, packing tape, 1-gallon paint cans with lids.

C. PROCEDURE:

Once the samples have been collected, properly labeled and tagged, these stepsshould be followed to properly pack and ship the samples:

1. Seal each sample container in an individual clear plastic bag.

2. Seal the cooler drains with tape, and double-line the sample cooler with 2 plastictrash bags.

3. Place all samples within the inner trash bags in the cooler.

4. Most samples need to be chilled to 4°C; check site-specific Field Sampling Plansfor confirmation. Samples to be kept cold should be thoroughly chilled beforeplacement into the shipping cooler.

5. Surround the samples with vermiculite and double-bags of loose ice; seal the innertrash bag with tape, add sufficient double-bagged ice or blue ice packs, and tapeshut the outer trash bag. If samples are cooled, place a Temperature Blank intothe cooler with the samples (SOP #627). Place a completed Custody Seal acrosswhere the outer trash bag is taped shut.

6. Seal the bottom two copies of the Traffic Report/Chain-of-Custody record forsamples IN THAT COOLER ONLY in a plastic bag, and tape the bag securely tothe inside of the cooler lid.

7. Insure that the return address of the sampler is clearly written in waterproof ink onthe inside of the cooler lid for cooler return shipment.

8. Close the cooler, tape it securely closed, and seal with custody seals such thatopening the cooler would rupture the seals. Place clear tape over the seals toprotect them in shipment.

D. QA/QC REQUIREMENTS:

None.

Page 131: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

TETRA TECH SOP #621REV. #1

July, 1997PAGE 2 OF 2

E. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Pack any medium and high level organic samples and dioxin samples in metal paintcans. The paint cans should be labelled with sample number of sample containedinside and the contents of the can should be surrounded with vermiculite.

F. REFERENCES:

Sampler's Guide to the CLP (EPA/540/R-96/032); EPA Region III User's Guide,November 1997.

Page 132: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ATTACHMENT 2Typical Monitoring WellConstruction Diagrams

Page 133: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

2" LOCKING.PRESSURE CAP

DEPTHVARIES

COLUMBIA FORMATIONKUNCONFINED AQUIFER)

4" PROTECTIVE CASINGWITH LOCKING CAP

GROUND SURFACE

CONCRETE APRON(12" THICK x 3' SQUARE)

2" SCH 40 PVC CASING

CEMENT/BENTONITE GROUT

APPROX. 12' OFMORIE #2 GRAIN

SIZE FILTER PACK

2' THICK BENTONITE PELLET/CHIP SEAL

10'- SCH. 40 PVC SCREENWITH 0.020" SLOT

10" DIAMETER BOREHOLE

CUPPER CLAY UNITPOTOMAC FORMATION•(CONFINING LAYER):—-

TETRA TECH, INC.

TYPICAL 2" MONITORING WELLCONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM

0151 TWO INCH MW

Page 134: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

6" PROTECTIVE CASING

w/ LOCKING CAP

iCOLUMBIA FORMATION.

(UNCONFINED AQUIFER)

POTOMAC FORMATION^=

(CONFINING LAYER)'

•GROUND SURFACE

CONCRETE APRON(12" THICK x 3' SQUARE)

CASING CENTRALIZERS

(MIN. EVERY 20' O.C.)

— 12" DIAMETER BOREHOLE (MIN.)

CEMENT

-8" OUTER CONDUCTOR CASING

-8" DIAMETER BOREHOLE

I-

-CEMENT/BENTONITE GROUT

4" SCHEDULE 40 PVC CASING, THREADED JOINTS

2' THICK BENTONITE PELLET/CHIP SEAL

)MAC FORMATION

sIFINED AQUIFER):

APPROX. 12 OFynr??r //9 rr? AIM

SI7E FILTER PACK*•*•* ,

, t ^

v^'

^- ID Ot 4 oLHLUULt 4U r\w / n n9" ^i fiT ^rprrw

FILTER PACK

; UPPER POTOMAC !~DIVIDING CLAY *f

;(CONFINING LAYER) S

TETRA TECH, INC.

TYPICAL 4" MONITORING WELLCONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM - (DOUBLE CASED)

0151 DOUBLE CASED MW

Page 135: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

6" PROTECTIVE CASING

w/ LOCKING CAP

1 IDDCDUrrLK

DEF

ORMATION VAR

D AQUIFER);

r

LAY UNITS i,"ORMATION'SgNG LAYER) <^f

FORMATION;D AQUIFER);

, -CLAY ™IZ!!n

3 LAYER) ,

3THIES

' .

<

\'//ii

1

x — GROUND SURFA

I//f

\//

I

ii

*•

M

i H-

^^ CONCRETE APRON

(12" THICK •*. 3' S

CASING CENTRALIZERS

(MIN. EVERY 20' O.C.)

16" DIAMETER BOREHOLE (MIN)

CEMENT

12" OUTER CONDUCTOR CASING

— 12" DIAMETER BOREHOLE

8" DIAMETER STEEL CASING

CEMENT/BEN TON I TE GROUT

A" crurniii r ^A pwp rA c TMT THPTAnrn

CEMENT

/- 2' THICK BENTONITE PELLET/CHIP SEAL

POTOMAC FORMATION;|(CONFINED AQUIFER):

PVC

APPROX. 12' OF

MORIE #2 GRAINSIZE FILTER PACK

w/ (0.02" SLOT SCREEN

-FILTER PACK

-8" DIAMETER BOREHOLE

TETRA TECH, INC.

TYPICAL 4" MONITORING WELLCONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM - (TRIPLE CASED)

0151 TRIPLE CASED MW

Page 136: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ATTACHMENT 3TCL/TAL LIST

Page 137: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Target Compound List (TCL)74-87-374-83-975-01-475-00-375-09-267-64-175-15-075-35-475-34-3156-59-2156-60-567-66-3107-06-278-93-374-97-571-55-656-23-575-27-478-87-510061-01-579-01-6124-48-179-00-571-43-210061-02-675-25-2108-10-1591-78-6127-18-479-34-5106-93-4108-88-3108-90-7100-41-4100-42-51330-20-7541-73-1106-46-795-50-196-12-8120-82-1

108-95-2111-4*495-57-895-48-7108-60-1106-44-5621-64-767-72-1

ChloromethaneBromomethaneVinyl ChlorideChloroethaneMethylene ChlorideAcetoneCarbon Disulfide1 , 1 -Dichloroethene1 , 1 -Dichloroethanetis-1 ,2-Dichloroethenetrans-1 ,2-DichloroetheneChloroform1,2-Dichloroethane2-ButanoneBromochloromethane1,1,1 -TrichloroethaneCarbon tetrachlorideBromodichloromethane1 ,2-Dichloropropanecis-1 ,3-DichloropropeneTrichloroetheneDibromochloromethane1 ,1 ,2-TrichloroethaneBenzenetrans-1 ,3-DichloropropaneBromoform4-Methyl-2-Pentanone2-HexanoneTetrachloroethene1 ,1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane1 ,2-DibromoethaneTolueneChlorobenzeneEthylbenzeneStyreneXylenes (total)1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene1 ,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane1 ,2,4-Trichlorobenzene

PhenolBis(2-chloroethyl)ether2-Chlorophenol2-Methylphenol2,2-oxybis(1 -Chloropropane)4-MethylphenolN-Nitroso-di-N-propylamineHexachloroethane

VGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGAVGA

SVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGA

98-95-378-59-188-75-5105-67-9111-91-1120-83-291-20-3106-47-887-68-359-50-791-57-677-47-488-06-295-95-491-58-788-74-4131-11-3606-20-2208-96-899-09-283-32-951-28-5100-02-7121-14-2132-64-984-66-27005-72-386-73-7100-0106534-52-186-30-6101-55-3118-74-187-86-585-01-8120-12-7854-74-2206-44-0129-00-085-68-791-94-156-55-3218-01-9117-81-7117-84-0205-99-2207-08-950-32-8193-39-553-70-3191-24-2

NitrobenzeneIsophorone2-Nitrophenol2,4-DimethylphenolBis(2-chloroethoxy)methane2,4-DichlorophenolNaphthalene4-ChloroanilineHexachlorobutadiene4-Chloro-3-methylphenol2-MethylnaphthaleneHexachlorocyclopentadiene2,4,6-Trichlorophenol2,4,5-Trichloropnenol2-Chloronaphthalene2-NitroanilineDimethylphthalate2,6-DinitrotolueneAcenaphthylene3-NitroanilineAcenaphthene2-4-Dinitrophenol4-Nitrophenol2,4-DinitrotolueneDibenzofuranDiethylphthalate4-Chlorophenyl-phenyletherFluorene4-Nitroaniline4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenolN-Nitrosodiphenylamine4-Bromophenyl-phenyletherHexachlorobenzenePentachlorophenolPhenanthreneAnthraceneDi-n-butytphthalateFluoranthenePyreneButyl benzylphthalate3,3'-DichlorobenzidineBenzo(a)anthraceneChrysenebis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalateDi-n-octylphthalateBenzo(b)fluorantheneBenzo(k)fluorantheneBenzo(a)pyrenelndeno(l,2,3-cd)pyreneDibenz(a,h)anthraceneBenzo(g,h,l)perylene

SVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGASVGA

Page 138: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Target Compound List (TCL)319-84-6319-85-7319-86-858-89-976-44-8309-00-21024-57-3959-98-860-57-172-55-972-20-833213-65-972-54-81031-07-850-29-372-43-553494-70-57421-93^5103-71-95103-74-28001-35-2

alpha-BHCbeta-BHCdelta-BHCgamma-BHC (Lindane)HeptachlorAldrinHeptachlor exposideEndosulfan IDieldrin4,4'-DDEEndrinEndosulfan II4,4'-DDDEndosulfan sulfate4,4'-DDTMethoxychlorEndrin ketoneEndrin aldehydealpha-Chlordanegamma-ChlordaneToxaphene

PesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticidePesticide

12674-11-211104-28-211141-16-553469-21-912672-29-611097-69-111096-82-5

Aroclor-1016Aroclor-1221Aroclor-1232Aroclor-1242Aroclor-1248Aroclor-1254Aroclor-1260

Page 139: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Target Analyte List (TAL)7429-90-57440-36-07440-38-27440-39-37440-41-77440-43-97440-70-27440-47-37440-48-47440-50-87439-89-67439-92-17439-95-47439-96-57439-97-67440-02-07440-09-77782-49-27440-22-47440-23-57440-28-07440-62-27440-66-6

AluminumAntimonyArsenicBariumBerylliumCadmiumCalciumChromiumCobaltCopperIronLeadMagnesiumManganeseMercuryNickelPotassiumSeleniumSilverSodiumThalliumVanadiumZincCyanide

Total MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal MetalsTotal Metals

Page 140: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ATTACHMENT 4BCEE SIM

SOP#IP486,2.5.28

Page 141: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Latioo Form

This form must accompany all new and revised Standard Operating Procedures (SOPsQuality Assurance for review. Please fill out the entire shaded area.

7to

LOCATlN

This is a new procedtsr<g_

Procedure : (If the Sab manager prepared toe SOP,second party should sign.)

Reason for change:_

This procedure meets the requirements set forth in the following References for Approved. MetHods:

Procedure approved by ice Date:

Effective 1-1-96, on an annual basis- Lab managers are required to review lab practices and revise the SOP ifnecessary. If no revision is necessary, indicate by your signature that the SOP has been reviewed.

Annual Review—Signature and Date

Annual Review—Signature and Date.

Annual Review—Signature and Date'

Annual Review—Signature and Date:

Annual Review—Signature and Date

Page 142: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10, 2000Page 1 of 14

Instrument Procedure 486: Analysis of Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether using Selected Ion Monitoring(SM) in Aqueous and Soil Samples by SW846

1.0 Scope and Application

This method is for the determination and quantitation of low concentrations of bis(2-chloroethyl)ether in aqueous and soil samples by the GC/MS selective ion monitoring(SIM) technique. It is applicable for the analysis of bis(2-chloroethyl)ether only.

2.0 Summary

This method provides for the analysis of bis(2-chloroethyl)ether in aqueous and solidsamples using the SW846 Update III Method 8270C SIM option. Bis(2-chloroethyl)etheris extracted from water samples using the separatory runnel extraction in SamplePreparation Procedure -079, "Extraction of Semivolatile Organics in Water in Method35IOC". Soil samples are extracted using Method 3550B sonication extraction in SamplePreparation Procedure -176, "Preparation of S/S/S Samples for the Analysis of LowLevel Semivolatile Compounds". Extracts are concentrated to a final volume of 1.0 mland 0.5 ml respectively. The extract is injected into a GC equipped with a 5% phenylmethyl siloxane column, where it is chromatographically separated from otherextractables. A mass spectrometer operating in the selected ion monitoring (SIM) modeanalyzes the eluent for bis(2-chloroethyl) ether.

The method detection limit (MDL) and reporting limit are shown in Attachment 1.

Staff members performing the procedures described in this SOP are responsible forreading, understanding, and complying with the SOP requirements. Supervisors areresponsible for directing the analyst to the controlled SOP, and providing adequateexplanation of the material contained therein.

This procedure is restricted to use by or under the supervision of analysts experienced inthe instrumentation or preparative methods and who have demonstrated the ability togenerate acceptable results through QC samples and analyst capability studies.

3.0 Definitions

3.1 Method detection limit (MDL) - The minimum concentration of an analyte thatcan be measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentrationis greater than zero and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrixcontaining the analyte (40 CFR, Part 136, Appendix B.)

Page 143: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10, 2000Page 2 of 14

3.2 Reporting Limit - The laboratory reporting limit is based on the lowest multipointcalibration standard concentration. For some inorganic methods, the reportinglimit is based on the MDL, and is usually 4-8 times higher than the MDL. Fororganic methods, values detected below the reporting limit and above the MDLmay be reported and qualified as an estimated concentration.

If the low level standard concentration is not at least three times higher than theMDL value, the standard concentration is adjusted upward in order to achieve thisminimal ratio. It may be adjusted higher than uiree. times depending on theconcentration range of the calibration curve and the ability to meet methodlinearity requirements. An exception to this is for CLP methods where the MDLis only required to be lower than the reporting limit.

For CLP the reporting limit is the Contract Required Quantitation Limit (CRQL)for orgaru'cs and the Contract Required Detection Limit (CRDL) for inorganics.

3.3 . Reporting Units - ug/L for aqueous samples and ug/kg for soil samples

3.4 An SDG is defined by the following, whichever is more frequent:

• each 20 field samples received within a case, or

• each 14 calendar day period during which field samples in a case are received(7 calendar days for NYSASP, OLM04.0, plus revisions, and ILM04.0, plusrevisions including ILM04.1) beginning mth the receipt of the first sample.

NOTE: The Army Corps of Engineers does not accept the SDG approach, unlessthe samples are prepared in a single batch. When a group of up to 20field samples of a similar matrix are prepared as one batch, method-specified QC samples such as a method blank, laboratory controlsample, matrix spike, matrix spike duplicate, and matrix duplicate mustalso be prepared together at a rate of 5%. If samples are batchedtogether from different sites, project-specific QC must be processed.

3.5 Batch: A number of samples (not to exceed 20) processed as a unit.

3.6 EICP = Extracted Ion Current Profile

4.0 Interferences

4.1 This method is applicable to the analysis of bis(2-chloroethyl)ether in aqueous andsoil samples containing low total concentrations of extractable organic

Page 144: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10, 2000Page 3 of 14

compounds. If interference is detected from other sample constituents, the GCconditions may be adjusted to reduce or eliminate the interference.

4.2 The analyst and the user of the data must recognize that in some cases analysis oflow concentrations of bis(2-chloroethyl)ether will not be possible because ofmatrix interferences.

5.0

5.1 Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether is a potential human carcinogen. All client samplesshould be considered hazardous and treated accordingly. The operator andlaboratory management must be aware of the proper techniques used to handlehazardous chemicals and samples.

5.2 Appropriate protective equipment and clothing must be used under theassumption that all samples are potentially hazardous. During sample preparationglasses, gloves and lab coats are a minimum requirement. The persistent presenceof noxious odors may be indicative of failure of the laboratory ventilation systemand must be reported to a supervisor or manager.

5.3 Laboratory staff are encouraged to review the Chemical Hygiene Plan for generalsafety policies, and Material Safety Data Sheets for reagents used in thelaboratory.

6.0 Equipment & Supplies

6.1 HP 5972 mass selective detector

6.2 HP 5890 or HP 6890 gas chromatograph

6.3 5% phenyl methyl siloxane column

7.0 Reagents & Standards

All standards are prepared by the Organic Standards chemist. Details for the preparationare contained in the standard operating procedures (SOP) for that area (Section 7.0 of theSOP collection.)

7.1 Reagent water - All water used in this procedure must be equivalent to ASTMType II water (as it relates to specific conductance and specific resistance) whichis demonstrated to meet the blank contamination acceptance criteria contained inthis Standard Operating Procedure (SOP). It is referred to throughout theremainder of this SOP as DI water.

MASTFR COPY

Page 145: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10, 2000Page4ofl4

7.2 Methylene chloride, reagent grade

7.3 Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether initial calibration standards: Each standard is prepared inmethylene chloride at concentrations of 0.025, 0.050, 0.25, 0.5 and 1.0 ug/ml.Each standard contains the surrogate, d-5 nitrobenzene, at the same concentrationas the target analyte.

7.4 Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether continuing calibration standard: 0.25 ug/ml standardfrom the curve. The standard should be stored refrigerated at 2-4.4° C when not inuse.

7.5 Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether initial calibration verification standard (second source)used to verify the accuracy of the calibration curve. This standard is prepared at alevel of 0.5 ug/ml from a source other than that used to prepare the initialcalibration standards.

7.6 Internal standard: l,4-dichlorobenzene-d4, 40 ug/ml (1 ug/ml contained in theprepared extract equaling 2 ng on column)

7.7 FC-43 (Perfluorotributylamine)

8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, & Storage

8.1 Samples are collected, preserved, and stored according to the tables in SampleControl SOP 4.1, "Receiving Samples" and 4.6, "Storing Samples." Sampleholding times are also listed.

8.2 All extracts must be analyzed within 40 days of extraction.

8.3 Prior to analysis, all extracts must be stored under refrigeration at 2-4.4° C in thereach-in storage unit in the laboratory. After analysis, extracts are returned toSample Control for long-term storage and disposal.

9.0 Quality Control

9.1 When samples are run immediately after the initial calibration the internalstandard area for every sample must be greater than 50% and less than 200% ofthe area of the internal standard in the mid level of that initial calibration.

When samples are run after a continuing calibration verification, the internalstandard area in the samples must be greater than 50% and less than 200% of thearea of the internal standard in that continuing calibration verification standard.

Page 146: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10,2000Page 5 of 14

When internal standard criteria are exceeded, the analyst must perform a re-injection to verify sample matrix interference.

9.2 Surrogate recovery must fall between the statistical limits of 35-140% in aqueoussamples and 20-140% in soil samples. The same surrogate recovery limits applyto QC samples.

If the surrogate recovery is exceeded, corrective action, including re-extraction,must be determined by the analyst or data reviewer and taken.

9.3 A matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) must be prepared andanalyzed with every SDG. The spiking level for the MS and MSD samples is 1.0ppb.

The percent recovery for the MS and MSD should be between 50 and 150%. Therelative percent difference between the MS and MSD should be <40%. Thecriteria for MS and MSD are advisory.

9.4 When the recoveries in the MS/MSD fail and the data agree with the originalunspiked sample, the results may be reported with failures attributed to samplematrix interference.

9.5 A method blank must be prepared with every preparation batch. It must bedetermined to be acceptable before proceeding with sample analysis. A methodblank is valid if the calculated amount of bis(2-chloroethyl)ether is less than 0.05ppb.

When the method blank is unacceptable, the entire batch of samples must be re-extracted and re-analyzed.

9.6 A laboratory control sample (LCS) containing 1.0 ppb of bis (2-chloroethyl)etheris prepared with each preparation batch. The recovery limits for the LCS will be50-150% of the spiked amount. If the LCS fails, all samples analyzed in that SDGmust be reanalyzed with a passing LCS.

10.0 Calibration & Standardization

10.1 The instrument tune lasts for 12 hours from the snap-shot of the FC43 scan.

10.2 Before analyzing samples an acceptable initial calibration curve must be createdby analyzing the five working level standards. The calibration levels are 0.025,0.05,0.25, 0.5 and l.Oug/ml.

MAQTPP TOPV

Page 147: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

- r^- ___ _£^."/_ * • ' . * - , „ " ' •— " " - ' ' " - ' ' - - _ ' " I^__<^ * . _ -~1 • *^"_ * " " I . - ? " £LlL^ " ' '- "'-*T' ' "^ " - " ' ' '

- i '. "'

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10,2000Page 6 of 14

- The percent relative standard deviation (%RSD) for the initial calibration must beless than 15% for the initial calibration to be valid.

If the %RSD criteria is not met, identify and correct the problem and repeat thecalibration.

10.3 Samples may be analyzed immediately after a valid initial calibration if there issufficient tune time. Otherwise, a continuing calibration verification s.'andard, atthe mid-point of the calibration curve, must be run to demonstrate that theinstrument is in control.

10.4 The continuing calibration verification standard is the 0.25 ug/ml level. The %Dfor the continuing calibration standard must be less than 20%.

11.0 Procedure

Documentation must follow the requirements in QC SOP: Proper DocumentationProcedures. All entries must be recorded on the instrument runlog (Attachment 2).

11.1 Tuning

11.1.1 Tuning will be done only to show proper mass axis alignment.

11.1.2 Tuning will consist of a ^'ne report printed from manual tune showing nomore than 0.10 AMU mass drift from the true values of the major ions ofFC-43 (Perfluorotributylamine).

11.1.3 A twelve-hour rune window will be observed starting from the time on thetune report, representing the "injection" of the FC43.

11.2 Extract Preparation

11.2.1 A 50 ul aliquot of the extract is mixed with 50 ul methylene chloride. Add2.5 ul internal standard to this mixture.

11.2.2 The injection of 2 ul of the prepared extract into the instrument is aneffective 1 ul injection (since the sample is prepared as a 2x dilution).

11.3 Acquisition

11.3.1 Set the GC/MS unit to acquire data in the selected ion monitoring (SIM)mode.

Page 148: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

— ,~ _ -_». T t -J. .J "_ — .- .*—_ , .. -r.r.-.t, '" " ! ~ ' . 1. fJ_ 1 - -— . .j j. 4 C,«^L_ ™J A_~ " -i=-' ' J. - -___ ™ _i__ _ - ' f'' '. t ' _^J • ^ r _^ J • • '*^

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10,2000Page 7 of 14

11 .3.2 The instrument must scan for the following:

* m/z 93, m/z 95. and m/z 63 (the key ions for bis(2-chloroethyl) ether)

* m/z 152, m/z 150, m/z 1 15 (the key ions for the internal standard, 1,4-dichlorobenzene-d4)

* m/z 82, m/z 98, and m/z 128 (the key ions for the surrogate,nitrobenzene-d5.)

1 1 .3.3 Inject 2 ul of the prepared extract (1 1 .2.2).

11.3.4 The GC and MS conditions are established so that the bis(2-chloroethyl)ether peak is as sharp and symmetrical as possible.

12.0 Data Analysis & Calculations

Calculations must be consistent with the QC SOP: Numerical Data Reduction.

12.1 Calculation of the mean or average of a set of values:

X =n

where: n = total number of valuesx, = eacn individual value used to calculate the meanx = the mean of n

12.2 Calculation of the standard deviation of a set of values:

Standard deviation =

12.3 Calculation of percent recovery:

12.3. 1 LCS and surrogates:

MASTER COPY

Page 149: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10,2000Page 8 of 14

Amount found

Amount spiked

12.3.2 Matrix spikes:

Amount in spiked sample - Amount in unspiked (native) sample

Amount spiked

12.4 Calculation of % RSD

in »t \

x 100

x 100

12.5 Calculation of RPD

lvalue 1 - Value 2\RPD = 7 -

(Value \ + Value 2J/2

1 2.6 Calculation of %Difference (%D)

%Diff - Reference value r trrReference value

12.7 Concentration

12.7.1 All calculations for concentrc';on are made using the internal standardmethod.

12.7.2 All analyte concentrations in the sample analyses are calculated using theresponse factor for the compound in the initial calibration standard.

12.7.3 Concentration of aqueous samples

(Ais)(RRF)(Vo)(Vi)i

where: Ax = area of the characteristic ion from the EICP for the compoundto be measured

Ais = area of the characteristic ion for the EICP for the internalstandard

Page 150: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10, 2000Page 9 of 14

Is = amount of internal standard injected (ng)RRF = mean relative response factor from initial calibration

standardsVo = volume of water extracted (ml) ..Vi = volume of extract injected (ul)Vt = volume of the concentrated extract (jal)Df = dilution factor. If no dilution, Df = 1.0

12.7.4 Concentration of soil samples (dry weight basis)

_ (Ax)(Is)(Vt)(Df)(2.V)uglkg

(Ais)(RRF)(Vi)(Ws)(D)

where: Ax, Ais, Is, Vt, Vi, RRF, and Df are the same as given for water2.0 = GPC factor (if used)Ws = weight of sample extracted, in gramsD (dry weight)= 100 -% moisture

100

12.8 Calculating Dilutions

If a sample concentration exceeds the high level standard a dilution must beperformed. Determine a level of dilution that will result hi a value within theupper half of the calibration range. This is an acceptable dilution. A lOx dilutionis performed using 1 uL sample plus 9 uL diluent for a total volume of 10 uL. Itshould be recorded on the run log as "1 Ox (1 uL in 10

The dilution factor for semivolatile water samples is defined as the uL of the mostconcentrated extract plus the \iL of solvent added divided by the uL of the mostconcentrated extract.

13.0 Method Performance

This method was validated through in-house laboratory studies of method detection limits(Attachment 1) and precision and accuracy for single analyst (Attachment 3). The dataare retained by the QA department.

14.0 Pollution Prevention

The solvents used in this procedure pose little threat to the environment when recycledand managed properly. Pollution prevention encompasses any technique that reduces or

MASTER COPY

Page 151: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10,2000Page 11 of 14

16.9 QA-G6: Guidance for the Preparation of Standard Operating Procedures forQuality-Related Operations EPA/600/R-96/027, November 1995.

16.10 New York State Environmental Laboratory Approval Program, CertificationManual, October 15, 1999, plus revisions.

16.11 CompuChem Quality Manual, Revision 0, 2/1/00

16.12 Sample Control SOP 4.1, "Receiving Samples"

16.13 Sample Control SOP 4.6, "Storing Samples."

16.14 Sample Preparation Procedure -079, "Extraction of Semivolatile Organics inWater in Method 35IOC"

16.15 Sample Preparation Procedure -176, "Preparation of S/S/S Samples for theAnalysis of Low Level Semivolatile Compounds"

17.0 Attachments as Tables, Diagrams. Flowcharts & Validation Data

17.1 Attachment 1 - Method Detection Limit Study

17.2 Attachment 2 - Instrument Run Log

17.3 Attachment 3 - Single Analyst Capability Study

™jui ACTED m.DV

Page 152: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section-No.- 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10,2000Page 12 of 14

Attachment 1

CompuChem Method Detection Limit Study

Study Date. July 10. 2000 GCMS Method 3510C/8270C SIM AqueousInstrument": 5972HP70" '

Compound Name ; Rep#1 Rep#2 Rep#3 • Rep#4 Rep#5 : Rep#6 . Rep#7 : Rep#8 ! Rep#9 Mean '_Amt._ §.Dey. MOL : Report Limitug/L ug/L ug/L • ug/L ug/L ' ug/L ug/L ug/L ug/L ug/L ug/L ' ug/L r ug/L ug/L

bis(2-chloroethyl)ether , 0.02S8 0.0233. 0.0269' 0.0252 0.0360' 0.0269' 0 0258 ' 0.0219 0.0293 i 0.0268 , 0 02SO, 0.0041 ' 0 012 005

CommiChem. a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 153: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Attachment 2

Section No. 2.5.2.8Revision No. 0Date: July 10, 2000Page 13 of 14

COMPUCHEM a division of Liberty Analytical Corp DATESHffT/S(A) (B) (C)

GC/MS SEMFVOLATILE RUN LOGLINKER /METHOD

COMPUCHEM .LOGBOOK4_U(4) 3 (5972hp70)

/ / INITIAL TIME OF TUNE_

TIME TUNE EXPIRES

::r,«i

.•^SJsfS*.•'}-'*';

1

23456789101112131415161718192021222324

1}V;*EIP;i<;t,;D

-'fcEnLENAME

^V^Sa^r^-' '^>:'HjVV'& *

•.]

<?

fo&R'ti*.D

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

^v'-fpATET'V-

^S-7- ;...«/,.-,

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

/ /

p^TpWB,;,^•v!.ti-i ••fjF..'.-"-'; .•.vAKj.'.u-.; t* '.1 , • 1

c'CEIEN&IDft> •: .—M i' -

'',:i<:*i?Sl&!$

STANDARDSTune Analytical Int. Std. Column Type SUPERVISOR APPR

Std. ID # DATE

Lot*

Hi

OVAL

The presence of the Chemist's employee ID number, or signature, on this runlog attests that strict compliance with the method's SOP has occurred. AnySOP deviations require documentation by the responsible chemist togetherwith the chemist's initials and the initials of the lab supervisor and a QAdepartment representative, signifying approval of the deviation.

5/i7/01dce

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 154: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No:2.~5.2.8Revision No. QDate: July 10,2000Page 14 of 14

Attachment 3

Analyst Capability Study

Laboratory Name/North Carolina Certificate Number. CompuChem/79Analyst: Janell SowersStudy Date: July 10. 2000Method: 3510C/8270C Aqueous SIMinstrument/Column. 5972hp70

Compounds

bis(2-chloroethyl)ether

" rue Val Rep #1 Rep #2ug/l

1 00

ug/l ug/l

0.96 0 95

Rep #3 : Rep #4ug/l ug/l

1 02 " 0 95

Meanug/l

097

Mean% Rec.

9674

SD(n-1)'ug/l

0.03

-3SDug/l

1

+3SDug/l

1

" - 3SD "%R

90

+3SD '%R

110

RSD%

3

• r.•(,„..„. :lKr,l,,tir*nl Cnrnnrrttinn

Page 155: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

ma division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

501 Madison AvenueGary, NC 27513

SOP IDOCIMENTATEON FORM

This form must accompany all new and revised Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) when you turnthem in to Quality Assurance for review. Please fill out the entire shaded area (except effective date).

v$sj%:y *&•*>- f^^^-^^^^^^B^^^ -^x v/"3"-1 ~"/L— ""- ' ' - , • • - i * ' " • tl y^'-f^i.^*." y*%-w' fy < • •-

C**viZ&/^ . : ' '''\ . ' * ' * ' '\'*'*&&M&'

o.' Procedure approved by: ffi1 ^.manager prepared-the^'SOP;, Date1

" ' ' '

JProcedure approved by Quality Assurance Representative-(Nod needed iff signed above)

Date.

Effective 1-1-96, on an annual basis: Lab managers are required to review lab practices and revise theSOP if necessary. If no revision is necessary, indicate by your signature that the SOP has beenreviewed

Annual Review—Signature:

Annual Review—Signature-

Annual Review—Signature

Date-

Date:

Date-

SOPDocForm doc 10/18/99 mil

Page 156: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

-—.-"• - ' - • --- ':~r~" ' ' : 7- Section No. 2.52-3 r

Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Pagel of 17

Sample Preparation Procedure -176: Preparation of Soil/Sediment/Sludge Samples for the Analysisof Low-Level Semivolatiles by SW-846 and NYSASP

1.0 Scope and Application

This procedure is used to determine the concentration of semivolatile organic compoundsin solid samples following the procedure in SW-846 and NYSASP.

Method detection limits (MDL) and reporting limits are shown in Attachment 1.

Staff members performing the procedures described in this SOP are responsible forreading, understanding, and complying with the SOP requirements. Supervisors areresponsible for directing the analyst to the controlled SOP, and providing adequateexplanation of the material contained therein.

This procedure is restricted to use by or under the supervision of analysts experienced inthe instrumentation or preparative methods and who have demonstrated the ability togenerate acceptable results through QC samples and analyst capability studies.

2.0 Summary of Method

A 30-gram aliquot of sample is mixed with anhydrous sodium sulfate to form a free-flowingpowder. This is solvent extracted three times using sonication. The extract is separatedfrom the sample by centrifugation. The sample is concentrated for analysis by GC/MS.Optional extract cleanup procedures may be employed.

3.0 Definitions

3.1 Method detection limit (MDL) - The minimum concentration of an analyte that canbe measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration isgreater than zero and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrixcontaining the analyte (40 CFR, Part 136, Appendix B.)

3.2 Reporting Limit - The laboratory reporting limit is based on the lowest multipointcalibration standard concentration. For some inorganic methods, the reportinglimit is based on the MDL, and is usually 4-8 times higher than the MDL. Fororganic methods, values detected below the reporting limit and above the MDL maybe reported and qualified as an estimated concentration.

If the low level standard concentration is not at least three times higher than theMDL value, the standard concentration is adjusted upward in order to achieve thisminimal ratio. It may be adjusted higher than three times depending on theconcentration range of the calibration curve and the ability to meet method linearity

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Cor Soon cm /pa, jja jztf ctm « v

TER COPY5 v*a i % **«/ \-ff/ -

Page 157: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

: - * Section No. 2.5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24, 2000Page 2 of 17

requirements. An exception to this is for CLP methods where the MDL is onlyrequired to be lower than the reporting limit.

The reporting limit for CLP is the Contract Required Quantitation Limit (CRQL)for organics and the Contract Required Detection Limit (CRDL) for inorganics.

3.3 Reporting Units - ug/L

3.4 An SDG is defined by the following, whichever is more frequent:

• each 20 field samples received within a case, or

• each 14 calendar day period during which field samples in a case are received (7calendar days for NYSASP, OLM04.0, plus revisions, and ILM04.0, plusrevisions including ILM04.1) beginning with the receipt of the first sample.

NOTE: The Army Corps of Engineers does not accept the SDG approach, unlessthe samples are prepared in a single batch. When a group of up to 20field samples of a similar matrix are prepared as one batch, method-specified QC samples such as a method blank, laboratory control sample,matrix spike, matrix spike duplicate, and matrix duplicate must also beprepared together at a rate of 5%. If samples are batched together fromdifferent sites, project-specific QC must be processed.

4.0 Interferences

4.1 Method interferences may be caused by contaminants in reagents, solvents, glassware,and other sample-processing hardware that lead to discrete artifacts or elevated baselinesin the total ion current profiles (TICPs). All of these materials must be routinelydemonstrated to be free of interferences under the conditions of the analysis by preparingand analyzing laboratory reagent blanks.

4.2 Matrix interferences may be caused by contaminants that were inadvertently coextracted |from the sample. The extent of matrix interferences will vary considerably from sampleto sample. Matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) analyses will be done todetermine the possible matrix interferences.

5.0

5.1 The degree of toxicity or carcinogenicity of the chemicals used in this method has notbeen determined. Each chemical should be treated as a potential health hazard, andexposure to these chemicals should be minimized. Each analyst is responsible forensuring staff awareness of Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)regulations regarding safe handling of chemicals used in this method. Additional materialon laboratory safety is available for the analyst.

5.2 The following parameters covered by this method have been tentatively classified asknown or suspected, human or mammalian carcinogens:

^_ ^ ^ B , 5 4

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation " • — " • " • " 1 -w'W •MASTER COP-

Page 158: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

: "Sehion~No". 2.5.2.3r 'Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 3 of 17

benzo(a)anthracenebenzidine3,3'-dichlorobenzidinebenzo(a)pyrenedibenz(a,h)anthraceneN-nitrosodimethylamine

5.3 Appropriate protective equipment and clothing must be used under the assumptionthat all samples are potentially hazardous. During sample preparation, safetyglasses, gloves and lab coats are a minimum requirement. The persistent presenceof noxious odors may be indicative of failure of the laboratory ventilation systemand must be reported to a supervisor or manager.

5.4 Laboratory staff are encouraged to review the Chemical Hygiene Plan for generalsafety policies, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for solvents and reagentsused in the laboratory. The MSDS are located in the Quality Assurancedepartment.

6.0 Equipment & Supplies

6.1 Ultrasonic Disrupter, having a minimum power wattage of 300 watts, with pulsingcapability. Use a 3/4 "horn."

6.2 Sonabox, to be used with disrupter for decreasing cartation sound.

6.3 Disposable, graduated, transfer pipets- 0.5 mL, 1.0 mL.

6.4 Centrifuge tubes- 250 mL.

6.5 Powder Funnel, 10 cm. diameter with Whatman No. 41 filter paper, or Buchner funnel, orequivalent.

6.6 Kuderna-Danish (K-D) apparatus.

6.6.1 Concentration tube- 10 mL, graduated.

6.6.2 Evaporation flask- 500 mL, attached to concentrator tube with springs or clamps.

6.6.3 Snyder column- three ball macro.

6.7 Boiling chips- solvent extracted (silicon carbide or equivalent).

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporate iTER 0 V

Page 159: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

~ ^: ..... : 'Section No; 2.5:23" ";*Revision No.' 7Date: October 24, 2000Page 4 of 17

6.8 Water bath- Heated, capable of temperature control (± 5°C)

6.9 Balance- Platform, capable of weighing to nearest 0.01 g.

6.10 Nitrogen blow-down apparatus-Organomation or equivalent.

6.11 Vials- 2 mL, with screw-top, Teflon-lined septa.

6. 1 2 Spatula- Stainless steel or Teflon

7.0 Reagents & Standards

All standards are prepared by the Organic Standards chemist. Details for the preparationare contained in the standard operating procedures (SOP) for that area (Section 7.0 of theSOP collection.) Standards are stored separately from samples in the laboratory when notin use.

7.1 Reagent water - All water used in this procedure must be equivalent to ASTM TypeI water (as it relates to specific conductance and specific resistance) which isdemonstrated to meet the blank contamination acceptance criteria contained in thisStandard Operating Procedure (SOP). It is referred to throughout the remainder ofthis SOP as DI water.

7.2 Methylene chloride - Fisher, pesticide-grade, methylene chloride is used for this analysis.

7.3 Acetone - pesticide-grade

7.4 Use methylene chloride and acetone to make 50/50 solution.

7.5 Sodium sulfate - Use only sodium sulfate labeled "FURNACED SODIUMSULFATE." Furnace the sodium sulfate in a shallow tray prior to use for at leastfour hour in a 400° C oven.

7.6 Surrogate and Spikes

7.6.1 Semivolatile surrogate solution #393.

7.6.2 8270 validation spike

8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, & Storage

8.1 Samples are collected, preserved, and stored according to the tables in SampleControl SOPs 4.1, "Receiving Samples" and 4.6, "Storing Samples." Sampleholding times are also listed.

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation 2\J » i v/

Page 160: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

•~:-~ Sectionhto.-1.5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 5 of 17

8.2 All extracts must be extracted within 14 days of collection.

8.3 Prior to analysis, all extracts must be stored under refrigeration at 2-4.4° C in thereach-in storage unit in the laboratory. After analysis, extracts are returned toSample Control for long-term storage and disposal.

9.0 Quality Control

9.1 Method Blank

9.1.1 A method blank must be prepared with each extraction batch of up to20amples.

9.2 Laboratory Control Sample

9.2.1 A laboratory control sample (LCS, or blank spike, BS, or matrix blank spikefor NYSASP) must be prepared with each extraction batch of up to 20samples.

9.3 Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate

9.3.1 A matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) are prepared for everysample delivery group (SDG).

9.4 Duplicates

9.4.1 Duplicates, at a frequency of 10%, are required when processing samplessubmitted to meet the regulatory requirements of North Carolina. TheMS/MSD satisfy the duplicate requirement for the NC DENR.

10.0 Calibration & Standardization

10.1 Ensure the balance has been calibrated for the day prior to its use following theOrganic Sample Preparation laboratory SOP 8.6, "Top Loading BalanceCalibration & Maintenance."

11.0 Procedure

Documentation must follow the requirements in QC SOP: Proper DocumentationProcedures. The sample preparation technician must complete the extraction worksheet(Attachment 2). Any unused portions must be z'ed out. The laboratory supervisor reviewsthe completed worksheet for accuracy and completeness and then signs it. The worksheetaccompanies the sample to the analytical laboratory. Include on the worksheet themanufacturer and lot number of the reagents/solvents used.

11.1 Preparation of Equipment

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corpo,

Page 161: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

SeciiprfNo. 2.5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 6 of 17

11.1.1 Cover all work areas with plastic-backed, absorbent table covering, with plasticside down.

11.1.2 Assemble the following for each sample to be processed:

• one 250-ml centrifuge bottle

• one 10-cm diameter powder funnel with pre-prepared #41 WhatmanFilter paper

• one K-D apparatus (consists of a concentrator tube and a K-D flask)

• one glass stirring rod

• one spatula

11.1.3 Rinse each of the items listed above with methylene chloride. Empty themethylene chloride into a waste container and repeat the process two moretimes. If the glassware selected for use is wet, it must be rinsed with acetonebefore the methylene chloride rinses.

11.1.4 Place the glassware on the rack such that the tip of each powder funnel is insidethe neck of a K-D flask.

11.1.5 Label each piece of glassware with the sample number it is to be used for andthe preparation procedure (in this case -176). Use orange labels.

11.2 Sample Preparation and Extraction

11.2.1 Decant and discard any water layer on a sediment sample. Mix thoroughly toachieve homogeneity, Discard any foreign objects such as sticks, stones, andleaves. Samples should be at room temperature. Place a centrifuge bottle, or400 mL beaker, on the platform balance and press the tare button. This willautomatically subtract the weight of the centrifuge bottle. Using a spatula,weigh 30.0 g (± 0.5 g) of the sample in the centrifuge bottle or beaker andrecord the exact weight of the sample to one decimal place on the extractionworksheet (Attachment 2).

11.2.2 Two additional 30 g portions from a designated sample are transferred toseparate centrifuge bottles for the matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate. Ifthe client has not designated the sample to use for QC, the laboratoryselects one.

11.2.3 For the blank and LCS, weigh 60.0 g of sodium sulfate.

11.2.4 Add 60 g of furnaced sodium sulfate to each sample. Mix thoroughly to form afree-flowing powder.

'CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corpora&a A V. 3 f™ M f A 3^ \f

' "

Page 162: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

2.5:2.3"Revision No. 7Date: October 24, 2000Page 7 of 17

11.2.5 Add 0.5 ml of surrogate standard #393 to each sample and QC with a 0.5 mLor 1.0 mL graduated pipet. Record the surrogate standard ID number, the lotnumber, and volume added on the extraction worksheet.

11.2.6 Using 1-rfil pipets, add 1.0 ml each of the 8270 validation spike standard theMS/MSD and LCS. Record the standard ID numbers, the lot numbers, andvolume added on the extraction worksheet.

11.2.7 Add 100 ml 1:1 methylene chloride/acetone to each sample and sonify for threeminutes using a 3/4-inch horn. (100% power output with 50% duty cycle and 1-second pulse) Place the bottom of the horn about 1/2 an inch below the surfaceof the solvent, but above the sediment layer. Rinse the probe end in thecentrifuge bottle with a small amount of the 1:1 mixture. As each samplefinishes Bonification, place it in the centrifuge. The weight of the opposingcentrifuge bottles must be balanced. Add a centrifuge bottle filled with water,when necessary, to balance the pairs of bottles.

11.2.8 Centrifuge the sample at a setting of 2000 rpm on the centrifuge for twominutes.

11.2.9 Remove the samples from the centrifuge and place them on the bench with theglassware labeled for each sample.

11.2.10 Carefully pour the 1:1 mixture into the powder funnel drying apparatus lettingthe solvent drain into the K-D flask. An alternative to centrifugation, is vacuumfiltration with a Buchner funnel and Whatman 41 filter paper.

11.2.11 Repeat steps 11.2.7 - 11.2.10 two more times. |

11.2.12 Upon completion of the third extraction, pour the entire sample into the powder |funnel drying apparatus and rinse with extraction solvent.

If particulate matter is observed, filter the entire extracted sample again throughnewly prepped filter paper using the original funnel or filter at a concentratedvolume with a .45 um membrane filter. Prepare with methylene chloride.

11.3 Extract Concentration

11.3.1 For each sample being concentrated, rinse a Snyder column with methylenechloride.

11.3.2 Add 2-3 boiling chips to each K-D flask and attach a Snyder column. If theSnyder column is not still wet from the rinsing process, add 1-2 ml methylenechloride to the top of the column.

11.3.3 Place the K-D apparatus on a water bath set at 80-90°C. The apparatus should beplaced in the bath so that the entire lower rounded surface of the flask is bathed in

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 163: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5-2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 8 of 17

hot vapor. Adjust the vertical position of the apparatus and the water temperatureas required to complete the concentration in 10-15 minutes. At the proper rate ofdistillation the balls of the column will actively chatter but the chambers will notflood with condensed solvent. When the apparent volume of the sample reaches2-4 ml, remove the K-D apparatus from the water bath and allow it to drain andcool for at least 10 minutes.

11.3.4 Final concentration volume of semivolatile fractions:

11.3.4.1 Remove the Synder column and K-D flask from the concentrator tube.Rinse the lower joint of the flask into the concentrator tube withmethylene chloride. Transfer the label from K-D flask to theconcentrator tube.

11.3.4.2 Concentrate the extract to 1.0 ml volume using the nitrogen blowdowntechnique (taken from ASTM Method 3086). Transfer the entire 1.0 mlinto a 2-ml amber autosampler vial labeled (in orange) with the samplenumber, prep code (-176), and completion date. Note the final volumeon the Extractions Worksheet.

11.3.4.3 Deliver the Extractions Worksheet and extracts to the semivolatile |laboratory and complete chain-of-custody documentation.

11.4 Work Area Cleanup |

11.4.1 Empty all solid material into the appropriate container. Rinse all used glassware |with methylene chloride and take the rinsed glassware to the glassware prep areafor cleaning.

11.4.2 Do not pour any methylene chloride in the sinks. |

11.4.3 Roll up all absorbent counter covers and place them in the trash can. Return any |remaining raw samples to the sample cart. Transfer samples to the SampleCustodian under chain-of-custody.

11.4.4 Pour the waste solvent into the appropriate container. |

11.4.5 Lay down new absorbent counter cover on the prep table.

12.0 Data Analysis & Calculations

Calculations must be consistent with the QC SOP: Numerical Data Reduction.

13.0 Method Performance

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Carport

Page 164: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

T -"~- "" ;J - : - . - - T - Section N672:5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 9 of 17

This method was validated through in-house laboratory studies of method detection limits(Attachment 1) and precision and accuracy for single analyst (Attachment 3). The data areretained by the QA department.

14.0 Pollution Prevention

The solvents used in this procedure pose little threat to the environment when recycled andmanaged properly. Pollution prevention encompasses any technique that reduces oreliminates the quantity or toxicity of waste at the point of generation. Numerousopportunities for pollution prevention exist in laboratory operation. The EPA hasestablished a preferred hierarchy of environmental management techniques that placespollution prevention as the management option of first choice. Whenever feasible,laboratory personnel should use pollution prevention techniques to address their wastegeneration. When wastes cannot be feasibly reduced at the source, the Agencyrecommends recycling as the next best thing.

15.0 Waste Management

It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulationsgoverning waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules andland disposal restrictions, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing andcontrolling all releases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with allsewage discharge permits and regulations is also required.

Samples preserved with HCI, HNOs, or H2SO4 to pH <2 are hazardous and must beneutralized before being disposed, or must be handled as hazardous waste.

Refer to the Hazardous Waste Management and Safety SOPs located in the lab.

16.0 References

16.1 Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, SW-846, 3rdEdition, Update III, 12/96, Methods 3550B and 8270C

16.2 Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Edition(1992) and 19ch Edition (1995), upon promulgation, Method 1080

16.3 Code of Federal Register, 40 CFR, Part 136, "Guidelines for Establishing TestProcedures for Priority Pollutants"

16.4 New York State Analytical Services Protocol (NYSASP), 10/95

16.5 QCSOP: Proper Documentation Procedures

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

MASTv

Page 165: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

"~O Section No. 2.5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 10 of 17

16.6 QCSOP: Numerical Data Reduction

16.7 "Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction,"American Chemical Society Department of Government Relations and SciencePolicy, 1155 16th Street, N.W., Washington DC, 20036, (202) 872-4477.

16.8 Hazardous Waste Management & Safety SOPs: "Hazardous Waste Disposal" and"Spill Control & Cleanup."

16.9 NELAC Standards, July 1,1999, plus revisions

16.10 QA-G6: Guidance for the Preparation of Standard Operating Procedures forQuality-Related Operations EPA/600/R-96/027, November 1995.

16.11 New York State Environmental Laboratory Approval Program, CertificationManual, October 15,1999, plus revisions.

16.12 CompuChem Quality Manual, Revision 0,2/1/00, plus revisions

16.13 Sample Control SOP 4.1, "Receiving Samples"

16.14 Sample Control SOP 4.6, "Storing Samples"

16.15 Organic Sample Preparation laboratory SOP 8.6, "Top Loading BalanceCalibration & Maintenance."

16.16 Instrument Procedure 477, "GC/MS Analysis of Extractable Semivolatiles inAqueous and Solid Samples by SW846 and NYSASP"

17.0 Attachments as Tables, Diagrams. Flowcharts & Validation Data

17.1 Attachment 1 - Method Detection Limits

17.2 Attachment 2 - Extraction Worksheet (-176)

17.3 Attachment 3 - Single Analyst Capability Study

T.OPVV / V.-j" -CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporal

Page 166: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

"Section No. 2.5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 11 of 17

Attachment 1

Method Detection Limit

Study Date: February 8, 2000 GCMS Method 3550Instrument: 5972HP68 Low Level MDL conv

Compound Name Rep#i iR&p#2}Rep#^Rep#^Rep#ug/Kg

n-Nitrosodimethylamine 58 2Pyridine 1170Benzaldehyde 172.5Phenol " ' 107.18is(2-chloroethyl)ether 90.32-Chlorophenol . 97.6,3-Dichiorobenzene 89.4,4-6ichlorobenzene 84.6

Benzyl alcohol 70.71,2-Dichlorobenzene 81.42-Methylpheno! 83.92.2'-oxybis(1-Chioropropane) 85.6Acetophenone 90.93-/4-Methylphenol 148.0n-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine 73.9Hexachloroethane 81.1Nitrobenzene 119.8Isopnorone 96.42-Nrtrophenol 74.3 '•2.4-Dimethylphenol 25.1Benzoicacid 334 '5is(2-chloroethoxy)methane 102.2 !

2,4-Dichlorophenol 81.6 .i.2.4-Trichlorabenzene ' 100.0 'Naphthalene ' 80.54-Chloroaniline 21.3

exachiorobutadiene 94.5Caprolactam 52.9 •4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 77 3 '

3/8270C Medium Level Solid Matrix. TCL and PPL Compounds;;rted to Medium Level MDL based on 2 grams extracted

5Rep#&Rep# 7'RepiW3J Rep#9 'Rep#10i Mean , AmLlug/Kg! ug/Kg: ug/Kg, ug/Kg, ug/Kg: ug/Kg ug/Kg : ug/Kg . ug/Kg . ug/Kg , ug/Kg

88.1115.5145.7114.8103.6

• 105.91 9"7.2~

94.481.999.694.793.598.9179.792.484.9116.8102.7957258.157.7 .101.5*98.9" i1061809 '45.0 "9 2 7 '61.9 \91.0 '

; 91.7•118.2! 156.7

95.1! 890| 87.3

79.880.670.5B7~.B72.7

'83.295.6

755.480.6759

"98.2'86.276.1 ;

276 '40.4 i91.3 j81.6 I83.0 |71.7 '17.1 :

87.9 ;

60.2 '810 •

99.2 • 78.2i 110.5:1202' 107.5 j 148 8l6i.2i 98.682.3 i 90.188.6 ! 89.386.4 j 91.3

" 88.4 i 82.263.5 [ 74.789.6 1 88 J80.4 ! 72.379.7 . 85.981. i f 930

• 78 3 ' 92.798.6 : 90.71 55.3 T 114 1102".6 90.191.8 I 78.398.1 f 78.982.7 j 75.982.3 73.973.5" i 64.987.5 | 77.978.4 | 73.583.1 ! 75.394.0 f 83.5

F101.9•' 89.2'1265! 95.1. 86.5f84.5

78.377.365.7'85.6"66.8"78.988.0

142.7 j 171 .2 f 176 7l 140.3| 136.673.2 ! 79 2 J83.3 T 84.7101.31106.28~2.3 ! 85.4 !

71 2 I 75.7 j51.7 ' 31 5 ;26.5 32.4 ;83.0 [ 86.9 '73.2 ' 78 9 !91.8 ; 84.1 :

68.9 ' 71.1 '26.7 16.3 i81.3 81.847.0 49.466,6 ' 71 4 '

7*8 8 I 64.378.6 I 71.8110.4. 84.9 •89.5 i 68.4 !75.1 "" 62.8 i40.6 ' 36.4 ;

34.9 . 28.7 '87.2 •'S.B '88. / /4.494.8 ' 73.672.6 66.136.5 • 30.6 '83.9 83.761 6 34.7 '78 2 69.3

74.877.96S.3-77067.3 ;

27.7 .'85.9"72.976.3 r

67.822.888.846.670.9"

If 71.1 • 103.1 ; 86.3 ! 167i 88.5 94.8 104.3 : 167; 145.3 . 142.9 ' 141.5 ,' 167'. 106.7 106.3 . 101.7 i 167f 87.3 r 85.3 j 88.4 ] 167I 89.2 ' 96.4 i 91.5 . 167

84.6 j 86.3 r 85".2 > 167"76.2" i 87.i r'82.7'i"l67

71.5 | 67.0 | 70.4 f 16780.5 ' 92.5 ! 87.0 ' 16775.2 73.1 77.1 . 16784.6 : 94.1 i" 84.4 !~167 '77.6 ; 87.3 j 89.0 ; 167 ,157.9 I 144.5 I 1553J 3307273 ! 78.9 76.8 i 167"71.7 • 80.5 ; 79.0 ; 167 i98.7 ; 107.9 j 103.0 . 167 !76.0 1 85.4 j 84.9 ; 167 i67.4 i 72.2 ; 73.7 f 16720.8 ; 17.9 : 32.3 167 :28.7 ' 38.6 34.9 167 .85.1 ' 90.6 ', ,89.2 167 i84.5 8"4.6 '. 81.9 "167":"91.6 ' 93^8 " 89.5 . 167 "71.4 74.4 ' 72.5 167 ;32^2 19.3 ' 26.8 " 167 j"80.8 92 6 : 86!8 167 "48.2" ' 51.7 ' 51.4 " 167 '69.6 '. 785 ' ' 75.3 ' 167

Med. • Med.!s.Dev.. Level j Level

jug/Kg. MDL ' Report Lim t' i I

^ 14.6 ! 61713.2

'JiQ.Q

\ 6.57.86.46.25.56.37.86.06.8

"15.7

j 4950' 557 ' 4950

846 ,• 4950. "308~" 4950"I 276' 330

271262233267331252287664307

4.8 j 204

49504950495049504950 14950 j495049504950495049504950

11.6 ' 491 49509.9 '8.7 i14.5!9.3 .'7.5 ;

8.0 "

4.99.35.2 "8.473

421368615

495049504950

392 ; 4950318 I 4950337 ~i_ " 4950

"432 T 4950209 i 4950

"393 i "4950220 r 4950356 " 495031 i 4950

Reporting Limit = low Level Standard

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 167: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Attachment 1 (continued)

Method Detection Limit

Section No. 2.5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 12 of 17

Study Date: February 8, 2000instrument: 5972HP68

Compound Name Rep#1ug/Kg

i2-Methylnaphthalene 101.81 -MethylnaphthaleneHexacrilorocyclopentadiene2,4,6-Trichlorophenol2,4,5-TrichlorophenolI,i'-Biphenyi! Chloronaphthalene

2-Nitroaniline)irnethylphthalate

2,6-OinitrotolueneAcenaphthylene"Nitroaniline

Acenaphthene,4-Oinitrophenol-Nrtrophenol

2,4-OimtrotolueneDibeozofuranDiethylphthalate4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether:luorene4-Nitroaniline,6-6initro-2-methylpnenol

n-Nitrosodiphenylamme. 2-Oiphenylhydrazine-Bromophenyl phenyletherHexacriibrobenzeneAtrazine'entacrilorophenol'henanthrene

972. 60.1' izi.o'_ 166.5'l10.0| 92.7

*?100.673.772963.576.6

385.3130.262~4 192 1 !94.6 ;

904 '666 ,41.5 ,99.3.;103.573.9 !

88.3 'f109.6 '85.2101.0714

GCMS Method 3550B/8270C Medium Level Solid Matrix, TCL and PPL CompoundsLow Level MDL converted to Medium Level MDL based on 2 grams extracted

Med. Med.|Rep#2!Rep#3!Rep#4jRep#5JRep#6jRep#7 Rep#8: Rep#9 iRep#1f3 Mean •, Ami" iS.Oev.i Level, Level• ug/Kg ug/Kg i ug/Kg ug/Kg lug/Kg ug/Kg ug/Kg ug/Kg ' ug/Kg r ug/Kg ug/Kg' ug/Kg' MDL | Report Limit:' " "i" - . . . .. --. — . - . - , |

i 115 2 [101.5 95.3:95.3(105.2 91.8 889 93.1 ; 95.3 98.3 167 • 7.7 ; 327 i 4950.103.6(83.7! 81.5(83.9 92 3 i- 81.4 79.2 88.3 91.6 J 88.3 j 167 . 7.9 J 333 I 4950i 67.9 ' 59.1 i 637 545 65.5 | 50.4 ' 525 65.8 , 58.9 ' 59.9 • 333 j 6.0 T 253 ' 4950I 181.9 '169 2": 151. 1164.7J 168.7 j 137.9. 154.3' 150.5 : 156.9 ' 160.6 ; 333 j 12.8 ; 542 i 4950171.6! 173.2' 135.6M59.4J 176.31 148.3.1 144.0: 166.3 ', 149.7 . 159.1 ; 333 I 13.9 ; 589 j 49501126 104.0J 98.6 j 101.7 109.s! 93.7 ' 101.1 ; 106.0 [_ 96~2 j 103.4 . 167 J_ 63 f 265 j 49509874" J 90 9 \"&2.3 \'SG.S 93 2 I 82".3 | 81.4 : 90.3" ""89 TT a"8.7 j 167 f 5.6 " j "236 T 4950 "38.1 ' 482 i 31 5 j 404 38.7 44.0 ' 36.4 ' 45.9 1" 35.9 ] 39.6 ' 167 "F 5.r!"215J 10050"1023J 938 i 87.2 ! 863 ' 95.1 84.0 i 869 92.4 ' 93.6 ; 92.2 ' 167 ' 6.1 "j_ 260 T 4950"80^3 j 6 7 6 ' 56.7 j"53.4 67.7 "62.4 i 61.5 ' 65.T"j 65.4 ' 6T4"rT67"Pf 8"t"329~!"" 4~950" "73.5 { 69.8 I 605 ! 61.8 64 2 I 60.3 ' 62.6 j 65.9 ! 6~5.1 I 65.6 ! 167 ' 4.9 ! 207 ! 495091.5 . 61 5 : 53.4 i 52.0 86.8 66.8 '. 65.2 ! 62.1 | 57.6 '. 66.0 I 333 ! 13.1 ; 555 • 1005083.1 ! 72.4 . 66.2 j 68.7 75.7 66.1 : 634 ; 65.8 '""65.7 ' 70.4 167"! 6.3" i" 268"] ' 4950 ""488.4 1 420 O1' 32573 , 352.9! 539.6 371.0 j 406.3 I 398.4 f 4~25.9 ' 41 V.3 i 16>0 f 63 2 | 2676 7 10050166 2 ! 150.9' 113.7 1 121 2; 181.2 128.5 \ 145.5 142.8' 148.7' 142.91 667 20.6 870 1 1005068.1 !634 531 ' 55.1 70.7 49.2 55.6 ! 63.8 | 59.9 | 60.1 167 . 68 289 f 495094.4 : 846 76.3 i 77.1 i 87.0 77.9 79.2 ; 84.7 '• 84.7 83.8 167 6.3 : 265 4950100.6 i 97.1 800 I 82.8 I 92.0 ' 77.9 81.7 . 86.2 ' 90.8 88.3 ' 167 . 7.7 327 i 495093 8 : 83.4 79.4 , 77.5 [ 88 8 69.3 83.5 . 89.2 •" 82.4 t 83.8 ; 167 7.2 305 ; 495067.7 ; 632 : 586 [ 59.1 64.6 ! 52.5 59.7 i 63.6 | 61.3 ' 61.7 167 44 188 J 495053'.3 ' 54.5 \ 41 4 , 37.1 69.7 54.2 ' 59.7 ! 55.6"' " 627 "53.0 " 333 " 10.3~' 434"" 10050102 6 ' 9 7 . 4 - 701 763 97.3 74.4 74.1 89.0 ! 87 9 ; 86,9 333 12.2 515 \ 10050103.011044'. 91.5 ' 82.4 ; 90.2 i 80.0 78.4 , 97.6 ' 86.7 ' 91.8 167 10.0 421 ' 495079.4 74.2 61 5 \ 65.2 , 79.3 64.3 ' 68.4 70.8 ' 69.3 70.6 . 167 6.1 258 I 495099.9 103.2' 78.9 ; 96.9 , 884 77.6 81.3 91.5 84.5 89.6 167 8.9 3 7 8 1 4950113.6 114.3' 89.9 ! 102.8! 103.7^ 94.2 ' 96.4 94.7 "101.5 :'T02."l \67 ' JU" 357 "• 4950" "794 850 66.1 69.4,77.8.75.5 65.1 804 , 73.5 75.7 167 7.2 304 ,' 4950116.4 116.7 834 ' 978 94.9 \ 94.0 , 80.6 82.7 f 98-° 96-6 670 " 127 ' "537 i 10050787 ' 77.7 643 74.1 72.7 I 66.0 67.8 71.9 ' 669 . 71.1 167 , 49 207 4950

Reporting Limit = Low Level Standard

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corpora*

Page 168: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Attachment 1 (continued)

Method Detection Limit

" Section No. 2.5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 13 of 17

Study Date: February 8,Instrument 5972HP68

Compound Name

AnthraceneCarbazoleDki-butylphthalate:luoranthenetenzidineJyreneiutylbenzylphthalate

3,3'-Oichlorobenzidinebis(2-etriylhexyl)phthalateienzo(a)anthracene

Chrysene)i-n-octylprithalatelenzo(b)fluorantheneenzo(k)fluoranthene«azo(a)pyrene

lndeno(1 ,2,3-c.d)pyreneDibenzo(a,h)anlhraceneBenzo(g,h,i)perylene

2000

Rep#1ug/Kg

66439.696.0

[ 55.11 1067! 85.4

79.9: 14.0

92.264070.6

r 79".8. 64.1 <: 643 :

' 63.8 !69.2

: 52.0 I' 58.1 j

GCMS Method 3550B/8270C Medium Level Solid Matrix, TCL and PPL CompoundsLow Level MDL converted to Medium Level MDL based on 2 grams extracted: " . . . - . - - - - - .. ;Me£j-

rRep#2'Rep#3lRep#4iRep#4Rep#6;Rep#7 Rep#8i Rep#9iRe"p#10| Mean '> Amt'jS.DevjLevel: ug/Kg

1 73.449.8109.1559.9

"545.886.9101.937095.674274.581.467.5 '62.7 '64.6 f

78.4 ;57.7 I69.4 i

ug/Kg, ug/Kg i ug/Kg jug/Kg; ug/Kg; ug/Kg ug/Kg , ug/Kg ; ug/Kg 'ug/Kg ug/Kg | MDLI i i ' ' • '

' 66.3 j 59.1 i 62.1 ! 69.4 ; 62.9 64 0 ! 69.3 • 63.6 i 65.6 • 167 i 4.2 i 17643.1 I 34.7 39.6 | 49.2 i 42.1 46.0 , 44.4 ; 45.7 ' 43.4 167 j 4.6 1961057 72.8 [ 86.6 | 89.2 i 77.5 • 81.6 ; 84.6 i 79.5 j 88.3 j 167 ! 12.1 I 51353.6 i 49.5 55.0 i 58.3 j 51.1 540 ! 54.0 ! 51.6 , 54.2 ! 167 j 3.2 | 134il11:769"4 480.1 !862."i; ' ' 1431 ' 1724.lT "• ! 998.8 I 1670 \ 426.9 Pi 9 196875: 75.1 89.9' 85.1 ' 797 77.5 ' 92.5 i 86.1 84.6 ' 167 ! 5.5 ! 232 :

98.6 '• 65.9 89.2 j 78.9 ! 685 63.1 86.1 : 68.7 ' 80.1 j 167 ^13.7 r 581 T18.3 • 12~.9 8.5 1 33.4 ' 144 21.9 18.3 ' 10.3 ! 18.9 { 167 9.5 ( 401 '1039; 61.3 79.1 j 78 5 ' 588 66.7 84.2 | 77.3 j 79.8 (167 1~4.8 i "625 ;

637 : 60.6 60. f- 678 , 53.3 62.8 59.4 ' 63.1 i 62.8 j 167 j 5.5 j 2~34 j74.0. 61.2 71.9 I 75 6 | 60.5 688 70.6 { 64.3 i 69.1 I 167 i 5.4 J 230 \842 : 47.6 f 60"3 j 65.9 ' 54.0 48.4 63.9 j 49.8 f 63.5 p!67 ] i4.1_TS97 '84.6 : 44 8 ' 61 0 '• "79.7 : 62.7 58.8 75.6 I 53.5 ' 65.2' T 167 f 12.0 • 50~9 "62.7 62.5 61.3 ! 61.4 ! 56.5 58.2 62.9 ' 72.5 • 62.5 ] 167 4.2 ' 178 ;

512 45.4 45.9! 48 9 39.5 56.1 43.4 ' 41.6 . 500 167". 8.9 ; 37?"65.7 . 57 4 i 64.5 | 77.6 ' 41 2 62.0 62.1 t 64.7 ; 64.3 ' 167 • 10 5 j 44548.8 ; 50.3 ; 43.8 j 64 6 , 40.0 51.2 46.2 56.1 I 51.1 i 167 , 7.1 i 30263.3 | 45.0 i 56.4 ; 64 1 , 53.3 . 56.6 54.4 57 4 i 57.8 ! 167 6.7 ' 284 F

i

i' ' Med.j LevelReport Limit

T950~495049504950

100050495049504950495049504950

~ 4950 ""495049504950495049504950

Reporting Limit = Low Level Standard

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 169: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section NoT 2:5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24, 2000Page 14 of 17

Attachment 2

ASSIGNED TO:

EMP ID NUMBER:

EXTRACTION WORKSHEETLow Levtl Soil S-V Method 35508 for 8270C —

. CompuChem DATE EXTRACTED/POSTED:

SURROGATE

SPIKE

BLK

LCS

NO.

AMT.

U>T

NO.

AMT.

LOT

:i-f&m£.:-m393

0.5ml

;,;,, ACM,;).;

30121.0 ml

..;" , ,Add 1.0 mL of validation spike to LCS and SSs unless otherwise noted

GPC (3640A) PERFORMED Y/N

•:Bff(0 €6tt«ri?FINAL VOLUME VERIFIED;

SUPERVISOR REVIEWED:2021 VALID.l.flml 1.0ml SURROGATE 4 SPIKE ADDED 8V: /

Initials Date

1z34

567

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

Analyst initials. Extracted _ KD N2 Bottle upImtiils Date

lad lot nambcr of rafeali/kolventj used _Rev MS/00 ml)

V

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 170: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2.5.23Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 15 of 17

Attachment 3

Analyst Capability Study

Laboratory Name/North Carolina Certificate Number: CompuChem/79Analyst: Valgena RespassStudy Date: February 8, 2000Method- 8270C Soil ' • , ',Instrument/Column: 5972hp66 ' ! i

iCompounds 'TrueVaf Rep#1 • Rep #2 ! Rep #3 j Rep #4 Mean ' Mean

• ug/kg ' ug/kg ' ug/kg ! ug/kg | ug/kg ug/kg . % Rec.

PhenolBis(2-chloroethyl)ether2-Chlorophenol1 ,3-Dichlorobenzene1 ,4-Oichlorobenzene,2-Dichlorobenzene

2-Methylphenol2,2'-oxy bis( 1 -Chloropropane)4-Metnylphenoln-Nitfoso-di-n-propylaminetexachloroe thaneNitrobenzenesophorone2-Nrtrophenol2,4-OimethylphenolBis(2-chloroethoxy )me thane2.4-Dichlorophenol,2,4-frichlorobenzeneaphthalene

4-ChloroanilineHexachlorobutadiene

4-Chloro-3-methylphenol2-MethylnaphthaIenetexacnlorocyclopentadiene2,4.6-Trichlorophenol2.4,5-Tnchlorophenoi

| 3300 2445.5 2520 11 3300 : 3023.8 [ 3159.7

3300 ; 2587.4 i 2774.63300 : 2686.5 \ 2735.83300 ! 2634.5 | 2745.33300 2655.6 \ 2809.03300 .' 2649.3 ' 2745.83300 ; 3478.6 ! 3647.83300 ' 5014.4 ! 5309.73300 ! 3791.7 ' 398553300 i 2841.2 [ 2981.73300 1 2723.1 I 2907.633~00 . 2597.3 ! 2801.9 ]3300 ! 2813.9 . 3044.3 j3300 : 2572.6 i 2595.63300 : 3364.1 ' 3604.73300 . 2619.2 : 2916.83300 2614 7 : 2771.23300 ' 2462.5 i 265503300 1783.6 2228 33300 ' 2543.0 ! 2691 73300 : 3045.2 i 3328.73300 ' 4085.8 4397.2 :

3300 ' 2914.6 ; 3161.13300 2688.0 2865.73300 2708.4 2769 9

2594.03244.42742.8

' 2779 42724.92764.02806.13646.95356.83902.62989.12819.42803.63062.52640.13548.72929.52735.12604.9 !

243~3.22703.9 ,3412.84419.3 '3171.82864.72912.4

[ 2605.7 2541.3 '• 77.01I 3244.2 ' 3168.0 • 96.00"27598 : 2716.2] 82.31, 2704.8 ] 2726.6 1 82.63' 2681.5 ' 2696.6 [" 81.712737 3 2741.3 ! 83.072765.7 2741.7 | 83.083643.3 3604.2 I 109.2253406 5255.4 T 159.25 i39472 3906.6 1 118.38 i2937.7 2937.4 ! 89.01 [2902.6 2838.'2 I 86.01 '.2855.1 2764.5 ! 83.77 i3082.3 ' 3000.7 ] 90.932704.1 2628.1 : 79.643651.7 3542.3 | 107.34 '3067 9 . 2883.3 [ 87.37 •2822.7 2735.9 ' 82.912592.4 ' 2578.7 78.142369.3 2203.6 r 66.782750.6 2672.3 : 80.983585.9 ' 3343.1 ["lOlisi ';4403.3 4326.4 ' 131. 10"3314.5 3140.5 [ 95.172939.9 2839.6 ' 86.052993.7 2846.1 86.25

SD(n-1) -3SD +3SDug/kg ' ug/kg ' ug/kg

74.26 2319 r 2764104.12 2856 • 348086.84 . 2456 297740.61 ; 2605 I 284849.17 ! 2549 284464.72 • 2547 j 293566.52 2542 j 294183.70 ' 3353 ! 3855161.84 ! 4770 I 574183.83 3655 • 4158 :68.05 2733 3142

'86.75 : 2578 ~ 3098114.16 2422 ' 3107 '125.54 . 2624 | 3377 !57.89" 2454 • 2802126.04 3164 3920188.94 2317 ' 345088.42 2471 . 3001 .82.08 2332 2825 ;

292.82 1325 i 3082 r

89.85 2403 ' 2942 r

225.65 " 2666 " 4020 ".160.66 3844 ' 4808166.04 ' 2642 ' 3639"""107.03 2518 3161130.29 2455 . 3237

I -3SDT +3SD RSD• %R I %R %

9190909695939393919493 '

~~9~1888793" ~"89 •809090 •

" '60 '"9080 "

1 r - '1 109 i 2.9

110 3.3110 3.2104 , 1.5105 L 1.8107 I 2.4107 i 2.4107 2.3109 3.1106 . 2.1107 2.3109 " "3 .1112 4.1113 • 42107 2.2111 ' 3.6120 6.6110 3.2110 3.2140 13110 3.4120 "6.7"

89 r 111 ' 3.7"84" " 116 5.3

89 111 3.8"86 114 4.6"

I (YlpYCompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 171: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section No. 2,5.2.3Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 16 of 17

Attachment 3 (continued)

Analyst Capability Study

Laboratory Name/North Carolina Certificate Number CompuChem/79Analyst Valgena RespassStudy Date: "February 8, 2000 'MeSiod: 8270CSoil" __ ' _\ j "";Instrument/Column: 5972hp66 , i I .

Compounds jTrueVal, Rep#1 i Rep #2 ! Rep #3,' ug/kg ' ug/kg ' ug/kg ! ug/kg

I2-Chioronaphthalene 3300 j 2908.8 3019.32-Nitroaniline : 3300 | 4732.7 ' 4925.7Dimethylphthalate i 3300 [ 3455.2 ; 3528.32.6-Dinitrotcluene ! 3300 . 2862.4 ' 2925.5Acenaphthylene i 3300 | 2644.0 ! 2700.63-Ntfroani(ine I 3300 ! 3041.2 ! 3660.6Acenaprithene ! 3300" | 2705.9 2792.32.4-Dini"trop"henol ' 3300 i 2888.3 3051.84-NHrophenol ; 3300 i 6074.5 6110.12,4-Oinitrotoiuene ! 3300 ' 2893.9 2955.1Dtoenzofuran , 3300 4306.8 4481.8Diethylphthalate ; 3300 i 3554.3 3630.24-Cntarophenyl-phenyleBier i 3300 ! 3281.1 3391.0Fluorene j 3300 i 2672.7 2735 14-Nitroaniline ; 3300 4121.2 3962.24,6-Dinitro-2-methyiprtenol ! 3300 ! 2952.9 32149"

I3110.8505563658.33071.1

"2714/7"3802.02846.231 91 Is6182.23"093.44578.43791.33401.82748.1 14060.5 I3232.9 1

n-Nitrosodipnenylamine 3300 i 3496.8 3770.1 [ 3783.7 •4-Bromopnenyl phenyiether ; 3300 3348.7 3717.6 ,' 3685.8 t

Hexachlorobenzene " ' 3300~ 2811 2 3009.0 ! 3048.9 iPentacnlorophenol " 3300 2884.1 . 2976~.7Phena'nthrene ' 3300 2619.5 2826.0 jAnthracene ', 3300 25370 26330

30438 I28049 i2611.9 '

Carbazole 3300 3"561 9 3493.9 i 3533.1 'Di-n-butyiphthalate 3300 3403.9 3593.7 j 3475~.7 ;Fluoranthene 3300 ,26300 26810126770Pyrene 3300 ' 2428 1 2745.6 ; 2677 1

! Rep #4 , Mean Meanj ug/kg ug/kg , %Rec.

j""3125.4T 3041.1 i 92.155290.9 j 5001.2 151.5!-

I 3815.8 I 3614.4 | 109.5332"57.2 3029. i ' 91.792790.5 2712.4 ' 82.203803.9 3576.9 [ 108.392889.7 ' 2808.5 j 85.11

^3458.5 ! 3147.6 i 95.386524.8 ' 6222.9 ! 188.573251.7 ' 3048.5 ': 92.384611.5 4494.6 i 136.204007.8 3745.9 ' 113.51 '3564.0 3409.5 : 103.32 '2780.8 2734.1 ' 82.85 |4360.5 ; 4126 1 i 125.03 ;35"02.8 3225~.8 97.75 '3860.6 3727.8 . 112.963772.4 3631.1 110.033159.5 3007.2 9"1.13 :

3267.2 3042.9 92.21 '2849.7 ' 2775.0 ' 84.09 '2625.4 . 2601.8 78.84 '•3732.2 3580 3 . 108.49 i3711.8 ' 3546.3 ' 107.46 ;

2741.0 26822 81282590.3 26103 79.10

I

jSDfn-D^-SSb +3SD; ug/kg ! ug/kg ug/kg

! 99.93 2741 3341! 234.30 4298 • 5704

158.38 3139 4090"175.42 "2503 : "3555

60.35 2531 289336142 2487 ' 4667

h 79.18 2571 3046241.55 242~3 \ 3872206.19 5604 6841159.12" 257~i 3526'"136.74 ! 4084 4905200.59 r 3144 4348116.55 ! 3060 375945.26 , 2598 2870 :169.44 3618 ' 4634 '224.63 2552 3900 j159.07 3251 4205 I191.62 3056 4206145.32 2571 • 3443"163.23 "2553 I "3533" :105.31" 2459 ' 3091 "44.10 2470 2734105.01 3265 3895 :135.29 3140 395245.51 2546 2819137.09 2199 3022

- -

; -3SDi %R'

• — -

+3SD ; RSD%R [ %

1 " "

90 : 110 3.3: 86r^I 83

93 i70 j

I" 92~f" 77 1

90 r"84""!91 :8490 ;

95 •88 I79 '873486

" 8489 '95 i91 i89 !

9584" ,

114 47113 4.4117 5.8107 ' 2.2130 ; 10108 i 2.8123 r 7.7110 3.3116 j 5.2109 ' 3.0116 5.4110 , 3.4105 1.7112 4.1121 i 7.0113 , 4.3116 ' 5.3114 4.8116 ; 5.4111 ! 38105 i 1.7109 2.9111 . 3.8~105 '. 1.7116 53

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 172: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section NoTZ5:2.3"Revision No. 7Date: October 24,2000Page 17 of 17

Attachment 3 (continued)

Analyst Capability Study

Laboratory Name/North Carolina Certificate NurAnalyst Valgena Respass iStudy Date: February 8, 2000 'Method: 8270C'SoilInstrument/Column: 5972hp66

Compounds True Val. ug/kg

JutylbenzyTphthalate 33003,3'-Diciilorobenzidine ' 3300bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate ; 3300)enzo(a)anthracene ; 3300

Chrysene ' 3300Di-n-octyTphthaiate .' 3300Benzo(b)fluoranthene ' 3300Benzo(k)fluoranthene 3300ienzo(a)pyrene 3300ndeno(i,2,3-c,djpyrene 3300Jibenzo(a,h)anthracene 3300 j3enzo(g,n.i)perylene 3300

' Rep #1ug/kg

3569.21808.23608.0

' 263V.92622.93515.52753.42335.02491.72842.12674.72732.8

nber CompuChem/

r

i Rep #2 ' Rep #3ug/kg . ug/kg

' 3903.0 : 3915.7

2138.4 ! 2424.8 I

3793.0 ! 3990.8 .2820.6 | 2852.52845.7 '' 282"9.238194 ' 39174

2541.7 ! 3410.5

3057 4 2437.52640.1 " 2731.82991 2 ; 3027.52847 2 ' 2905.6 ;

2826.1 ' 28850 .

79

Rep #4ug/kg •

4162.5 i

2416.9 .

4219.0 .2840.2 '

2907.3 '4234.6 i2616.3 '3492.8 '2881.6

3172.8 '3061.730369

Meanug/kg

3887.62197 1 '3902.727862 '2801.3 .3871.7 :2830.5 ',283072686.3 .30084 '2872 12870.2

Mean% Rec.

117.8166.5811826'84.4384.89117.3285.7785.7881.4091.1687.0386.98

, 4

" Sb(n-i) 'r ug/kg '

," 243^8",'I 291.47 '

! 262.47' 10369"!"' 123.59 "

296.29 '396.48 !

544.72 :

163.55 '' 135.85 "

159.82127^59 :

-3SD

ug/kg

3157

1323

3115

2475"2431"""29831641 i

2196"^2601" "23932487 ".

+3SDug/kg

"167T46903097

"3172"4761

402044653177

"3416 "33523253

""-3SD ': %R

— --- -

60 " r

80 T" 89 ~

' 87 "7758 '

. 42 :: 82 i~~ 86 'r

8387 i

+3SD"

T40

120"111 '113 r

123142 ;158 ITia""114"'"117 '113' "

"RSO

" 6.3 ""136.7

" 3.74.47.7

1419

6.14.556

"44

Q r,np'vI 1 \j VB/

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 173: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

CompuChema divisron of Liberty Analy t ica l Corporation

501 Madison AvenueGary, NC 27513

SOP DOCUMENTATION FORM

This form must accompany all new and revised Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) when you turnthem in to Quality Assurance for review. Please fill out the entire shaded area (except effective date).

Procedure approved by Quality Assurance Representative:(Not needed if signed above)

Date:

Effective 1-1-96, on an annual basis: Lab managers are required to review lab practices and revise theSOP if necessary. If no revision is necessary, indicate by your signature that the SOP has beenreviewed.

Annual Review—Signature'

Annual Review—Signature

Annual Review—Signature

Date.

Date:

Page 174: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section:2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 1 of 17

Sample Preparation Procedure -079: Preparation of Water Samples for the Analysis of Low LevelSemivolatiles by SW-846 and NYSASP

1.0 Scope arid Application

This procedure is described the extraction of semivolatile organic compounds from watersamples prior to GC/MS analysis.

Method detection limits (MDL) and reporting limits are shown in Attachment 1.

Staff members performing the procedures described in this SOP are responsible for reading,understanding, and complying with the SOP requirements. Supervisors are responsible fordirecting the analyst to the controlled SOP, and providing adequate explanation of thematerial contained therein.

This procedure is restricted to use by or under the supervision of analysts experienced in theinstrumentation or preparative methods and who have demonstrated the ability to generateacceptable results through QC samples and analyst capability studies.

2.0 Summary of Method

A 1-liter volume of sample is spiked with the semivolatile surrogate solution, and acid andbase/neutral fractions are extracted by separatory funnel with methylene chloride. The |extracts are dried, combined, concentrated, and submitted for GC/MS analysis.Alternatively, acid/neutral and base fractions may be generated separately.

^

3.0 Definitions

3.1 Method detection limit (MDL) - The minimum concentration of an analyte that canbe measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration isgreater than zero and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrixcontaining the analyte (40 CFR, Part 136, Appendix B.)

3.2 Reporting Limit - The laboratory reporting limit is based on the lowest multipointcalibration standard concentration. For some inorganic methods, the reporting limitis based on the MDL, and is usually 4-8 times higher than the MDL. For organicmethods, values detected below the reporting limit and above the MDL may bereported and qualified as an estimated concentration.

If the low level standard concentration is not at least three times higher than theMDL value, the standard concentration is adjusted upward in order to achieve misminimal ratio. It may be adjusted higher than three times depending on theconcentration range of the calibration curve and the ability to meet method linearityrequirements. An exception to this is for CLP methods where the MDL is onlyrequired to be lower than the reporting limit.

V\j i i i i v jv^i *.

nfj.ihertv Analytical Corporation

Page 175: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

_ - -1

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 2 of 17

The reporting limit for CLP is the Contract Required Quantitation Limit (CRQL) fororganics and the Contract Required Detection Limit (CRDL) for inorganics.

3.3 Reporting Units - jig/L

3.4 An SDG is defined by the following, whichever is more frequent:

• each 20 field samples received within a case, or

• each 14 calendar day period during which field samples in a case are received (7calendar days for NYSASP, OLM04.0, plus revisions, and ELM04.0, plusrevisions including ILM04.1) beginning with the receipt of the first sample.

NOTE: The Army Corps of Engineers does not accept the SDG approach, unlessthe samples are prepared in a single batch. When a group of up to 20field samples of a similar matrix are prepared as one batch, method-specified QC samples such as a method blank, laboratory control sample,matrix spike, matrix spike duplicate, and matrix duplicate must also beprepared together at a rate of 5%. If samples are batched together fromdifferent sites, project-specific QC must be processed.

4.0 Interferences

4.1 Method interferences may be caused by contaminants hi reagents, solvents,glassware, and other sample-processing hardware that lead to discrete artifacts orelevated baselines in the total ion current profiles (TICPs). All of these materialsmust be routinely demonstrated to be free of Interferences under the conditions of theanalysis by preparing and analyzing laboratory reagent blanks.

4.2 Matrix interferences may be caused by contaminants that were inadvertently co-extracted from the sample. The extent of matrix interferences will vary considerablyfrom sample to sample. Matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) analyseswill be done to determine the possible matrix interferences.

4.2.1 For sample extracts demonstrating matrix interferences, gel permeationcleanup procedure, Method 3640A, is an option.

5.0

Appropriate protective equipment and clothing must be used under the assumption that allsamples are potentially hazardous. During sample preparation, safety glasses, gloves andlab coats are a minimum requirement. The persistent presence of noxious odors may beindicative of failure of the laboratory ventilation system and must be reported to a supervisoror manager.

Laboratory staff are encouraged to review the Chemical Hygiene Plan for general safetypolicies, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for solvents and reagents used in thelaboratory. The MSDS are located in the Quality Assurance department.

Page 176: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 3 of 17

6.0 Equipment & Supplies

6.1 one 2-liter separatory funnel with ground-glass stopper and stopcock

6.2 one 1-liter graduated cylinder

6.3 one Erlenmeyer Teflon flask

6.4 one drying column

6.5 one Kuderna-Danish apparatus

6.5.1 concentrator tube

6.5.2 K-D flask

6.6 one glass stirring rod (can be used for all samples)

6.7 boiling chips (silicon carbide, furnaced at 800° C for 30 minutes)

6.8 rubber bands

6.9 nitrogen evaporation device (Organomation, or equivalent)

6.10 pH paper - wide range

6.11 glass wool

6.11.1 furnace at 400° C for 4 hours prior to use

6.12 serological pipet -1.0 ml with 1/100 ml graduations

6.13 one amber 2-ml vial with a Teflon-lined screw cap

7.0 Reagents & Standards

All standards are prepared by the Organic Standards chemist. Details for the preparation arecontained in the standard operating procedures (SOP) for that area (Section 7.0 of the SOPcollection.) Standards are stored separate from samples at 4 ± 2°C in the reach in unit in thelaboratory when not in use.

7.1 Reagent water - All water used in this procedure must be equivalent to ASTM TypeII water (as it relates to specific conductance and specific resistance) which isdemonstrated to meet the blank contamination acceptance criteria contained in thisStandard Operating Procedure (SOP). It is referred to throughout the remainder ofthis SOP as DI water.

« ' > « I-*™! •

»™,rhem n division of Libertv Analytical Corfofatton -

Page 177: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 4 of 17

7.2 Sodium hydroxide solution 50%

7.3 Sulfiiric acid - concentrated

7.4 Solvents - pesticide residue analysis grade, or equivalent

7.4.1 Acetone

7.4.2 Methanol

7.4.3 Methylene chloride

7.5 Sodium sulfate (ACS) - powdered, anhydrous.

7.5.1 Purify by heating at 400° C for four hours in a shallow tray. Cool in adesiccator, and store in a glass bottle.

7.6 Surrogate Standard Spiking Solution

7.6.1 Base/neutral and acid surrogate #393 is used at a volume of 1.0 ml per 1000-ml sample.

7.7 Base/Neutral and Acid Matrix Standard Spiking Solution

7.7.1 The matrix standard spiking solution consists of base/neutral and acidcompounds listed in Table 1.

7.7.2 The 8270 validation spike is used at a volume of 1.0 ml per liter sample orQC.

Table 1. Base/Neutral and Acid Compounds in Matrix Spiking Solution

1,2,4-TrichlorobenzeneAcenaphthene2,4-DinitrotoluenePyreneMethyphenol4-Nitrophenol

PentachlorophenolPhenol2-Chlorophenol4-Chloro-3-1,4-DichlorobenzeneN-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine

8.0 Sample Collection. Preservation. & Storage

8.1 Samples are collected, preserved, and stored according to the tables in SampleControl SOPs 4.1, "Receiving Samples" and 4.6, "Storing Samples." Sampleholding times are also listed.

8.2 Aqueous samples must be extracted within 7 days of sampling.

- r r - i ...... («^/,.,,v^/ Cnrnrirntinn

Page 178: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 5 of 17

8.3 Samples are obtained from the Custodian out of cold storage. They should beallowed to come to room temperature prior to sample preparation. After preparation,they are returned to the Custodian and placed in the cooler.

9.0 Quality Control

9.1 Method Blank

9.1.1 A method blank is prepared with each extraction batch of up to 20 samples.

9.2 Laboratory Control Sample

9.2.1 A laboratory control sample (LCS, or blank spike, BS, or matrix spike blankfor NYSASP) must be prepared with each extraction batch of up to 20samples.

9.3 A matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) are prepared for each sampledelivery group (SDG).

9.4 Duplicates, at a frequency of 10%, are required when processing samples submittedto meet the regulatory requirements of North Carolina. The MS/MSD satisfy theduplicate requirement for the NC DENR.

10.0 Calibration & Standardization

NA

11.0 Procedure

Documentation must follow the requirements in QC SOP: Proper DocumentationProcedures. All standards are prepared by the Organic Standards chemist. Details for thepreparation are contained in the standard operating procedures (SOP) for that area (Section7.0 of the SOP collection.) Standards are stored separately from samples in the reach-inrefrigeration unit in the Sample Preparation laboratory at 2-4.4° C when not in use.

11.1 Preparation of Equipment

11.1.1 Cover all work areas with plastic-backed, absorbent table covering, with theplastic side down.

11.1.2 Assemble the following glassware for each sample to be processed:

11.1.2.1 one 2-liter separatory funnel with ground-glass stopper andstopcock

11.1.2.2 one, 1 -liter graduated cylinder

11.1.2.3 one Erlenmeyer Teflon flask

Page 179: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 6 of 17

11.1.2.4 one drying column

11.1.2.5 one Kuderna-Danish apparatus (consists of a concentrator tube and-- - - - aK-Dflask)

11.1.2.6 one glass stirring rod

11.1.3 Rinse each of the items listed above with methylene chloride. Empty themethylene chloride into a solvent waste container.

NOTE: By rinsing and emptying each item, all glassware and spatulasurfaces have been extracted with methylene chloride before thesample extraction has begun. This practice is intended to keepsample contamination to a controlled minimum. Please adhere tothis practice. If the glassware selected for use is wet, it must berinsed with acetone prior to the methylene chloride rinses. Severaladditional methylene chloride rinses should be performed to removeall possible contaminants contained in the acetone.

11.1.4 Add a small plug of fumaced glass wool to each drying column, then add 1 -2inches of prepared sodium sulfate to each drying column. Rinse the sodiumsulfate with approximately 20 ml of methylene chloride. Allow themethylene chloride to drain through the column into a waste container.

11.1.5 Place the 2-liter separatory funnels in the rings located on one side of therack. Place the Erlenmeyer flasks on the counter-top under each funnel.Place the drying columns and K-D apparatus in the clamp on the other side ofthe rack, so that the tip of et- h prepared drying column is inside the neck of aK-D flask.

11.1.6 Label each piece of glassware with the sample number.

11.2 Sample Preparation and Extraction

11.2.1 Using a 1 liter graduated cylinder measure 1 liter (nominal) of sample. Ifsamples arrive in a 1 liter bottle, pour up and measure the entire samplevolume. Rinse the sample container with the first 60 ml aliquot ofmethylene chloride. Record the initial volume on the worksheet.(Attachment 2)

11.2.2 Pour the sample into its associated separatory funnel.

11.2.3 Add 1.0 ml of surrogate standard #393 to each production sample by usingthe serological pipet. It is important to add exactly 1.0 ml, since surrogaterecoveries are used to judge the efficiency of the extraction. Record thesurrogate standard ED number, the lot number, and volume added, on theextraction worksheet.

11.2.4 A method blank is prepared using 1000 ml DI water and spiking with 1.0ml of surrogate standard #393.

~ ' - • - . , J^..•-.•„„ r.fr ,->,„,.>,, :|„r,|•^,tir•^lCnrrmration

Page 180: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 7 of 17

11.2.5 Use 1000-mI sample volume for the matrix spikes and 1000 mL of DIN water for the LCS. Add 1.0 ml of surrogate standard #393 and 1.0 ml of

the 8270 validation spike standard to the LCS and MS/MSD. Record thestandard ID numbers, the lot numbers, and volume added on the extractionworksheet.

1 1 .2.6 Measure the initial pH, using wide range pH paper.

11.2.7 Slowly add concentrated sulfuric acid to each separatory funnel.Stopper the separatory funnel and shake for 20-30 seconds, venting thestopcock several times. Check the pH. If the value is 2 or less, note the pHon the extraction worksheet. If the pH is not 2 or less, continue to add 1 mlat a time of the acid, and shake until the pH has reached a value of 2 orless. The sample is now ready for the acid-neutral extraction.

1 1. 2. 8 Add 60 ml of methylene chloride to each raw sample bottle or sample-measuring container. Rotate the containers to rinse all surfaces with thesolvent, and pour the methylene chloride into the appropriate 2-literseparatory runnel. Stopper each funnel and shake vigorously for 2 minutes.Be careful to vent the stopcock frequently under the hood, until the pressureequalizes.

11.2.9 Allow each separatory funnel to hang undisturbed for approximately 10minutes, to allow the layers to separate. If an emulsion larger than two-thirds the size of the bottom layer (methylene chloride) forms, steps mustbe taken to break it up. Emulsions may be broken stirring, passing throughthe stopcock very slowly, or centrifugation. The method used isdetermined by the severity of the emulsion.

11.2.10 When two distinct layers are obtained, drain the lower layer (methylenechloride) into the Erlenmeyer flask. Close the stopcock when the waterlayer reaches the stopcock. The object is to collect all of the methylenechloride and none of the water.

1 1 .2. 1 1 Repeat steps 1 1 .2.8 - 1 1 .2. 1 0 two more times.

11.2.12 Upon completion of the third extraction, collect all of the organic 'ayer in |the Erlenmeyer flask. Pour the total extract through the drying column intothe K-D apparatus. Rinse the Erlenmeyer flask with a small amount ofmethylene chloride and add the rinse to the drying column. Rinse thedrying column with approximately 20 ml of methylene chloride and collectthe rinse in the K-D apparatus.

11.2.12.1 An alternative to the drying column would be a powderfunnel containing glasswool and muffled

11.2.13 Slowly add 50% sodium hydroxide to each separatory funnel. Stopper theseparatory funnel and shake for 20-30 seconds, venting the stopcock underthe hood several times. Check the pH.

Page 181: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 8 of 17

the pH on the extraction worksheet. If the pH is not 11 or greater,continue to add 1-ml volumes of acid. Shake and measure the pH until avalue of 11 or greater is reached.

Note: The pH adjustment may be reversed if necessary, i.e. base first.

11.2.14 Once a pH of 11 or greater has been reached and the pH recorded, thesample is ready for the base extraction. Perform steps 11.2.8 - 11.2.10 thatwill result in a combined acid/neutral and base extract.

11.3 Extract Concentration

11.3.1 Add 2-3 boiling chips to each K-D flask and attach a Snyder column. If theSnyder column is dry after the rinsing process, add 1-2 ml of methylenechloride to the top of the Snyder column.

11.3.2 Place the combined base/neutral and acid extract on a water bath set at 85-95° C. Adjust the vertical position of the apparatus and watertemperature as required to concentrate the extract in 15-30 minutes.

11.3.3 Remove each K-D flask from the bath as soon as an apparent volume of 4ml is reached and allow it to drain.

11.3.4 Remove the Snyder column and K-D flask from the concentrator tube andremember to label the concentrator tubes with the proper label. Place theconcentrator tube in the rack and continue the concentration on theOrganomation.

11.3.5 Final concentration volume should be 1.0 ml for production samples andblanks. For sample spikes and blank spikes the volume should also be 1.0ml.

11.3.6 Transfer the entire extract volume with a transfer pipet to an amber, 2-mlautosampler vial. Label the vial appropriately to indicate fraction type(orange to indicate S-V fraction), Prep Code, CompuChem number, andcompletion date. At the time of transfer, note the final volume on theExtraction worksheet.

11.3.7 Complete the paperwork, mark the volume on the vials, and forward bothto the person responsible for reviewing the paperwork.

11.3.8 Place the paperwork and the extracts hi the turn-in box. The extract is nowready for GC/MS analysis described in Instrument Procedure 477, "GC/MSAnalysis of Extractable Semivolatiles in Aqueous and Solid Samples bySW-846andNYSASP."

11.4 Work Area Cleanup

11.4.1 Remove all water from each separatory funnel and place it in a labeledWater-waste container.

n Jivitinn nfLibertv Analvtical Corporation

Page 182: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 9 of 17

11.4.2 Rinse all glassware with methylene chloride and return it to the glasswarepreparation area for cleaning.

11.4.3 Pour all waste solvent into an appropriate container next to the low level,solid preparation area.

11.4.4 Roll up all absorbent counter covers and place them in the trash.

12.0 Data Analysis & Calculations

Calculations must be consistent with the QC SOP: Numerical Data Reduction.

13.0 Method Performance

This method was validated through in-house laboratory studies of method detection limits(Attachment 1) and precision and accuracy for single analyst (Attachment 3). The data areretained by the QA department.

14.0 Pollution Prevention

The solvents used in this procedure pose little threat to the environment when recycled andmanaged properly. Pollution prevention encompasses any technique that reduces oreliminates the quantity or toxicity of waste at the point of generation. Numerousopportunities for pollution prevention exist in laboratory operation. The EPA hasestablished a preferred hierarchy of environmental management techniques that placespollution prevention as the management option of first choice. Whenever feasible,laboratory personnel should use pollution prevention techniques to address their wastegeneration. When wastes cannot be feasibly reduced at the source, the Agency recommendsrecycling as the next best thing.

15.0 Waste Management

It is the laboratory's responsibility to comply with all federal, state, and local regulationsgoverning waste management, particularly the hazardous waste identification rules and landdisposal restrictions, and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling allreleases from fume hoods and bench operations. Compliance with all sewage dischargepermits and regulations is also required.

Samples preserved with HC1, HNOs, or H2SO4 to pH <2 are hazardous and must beneutralized before being disposed, or must be handled as hazardous waste.

Refer to the Hazardous Waste Management and Safety SOPs located in the lab.

16.0 References

An division ofLibertv Analytical Cow

Page 183: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

. :". ' — • - . -^Section 2;5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 10 of 17

16.1 Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, SW-846 3rd IEdition, 12/96, Methods 351OC and 8270C

16.2 New York State Analytical Services Protocol (NYSASP), 6/2000, plus revisions. j

16.3 Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Edition(1992) and 19th Edition (1995), upon promulgation, Method 1080

16.4 Code of Federal Register, 40 CFR, Part 136, "Guidelines for Establishing TestProcedures for Priority Pollutants"

16.5 QCSOP: Proper Documentation Procedures

16.6 QCSOP: Numerical Data Reduction

16.7 "Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction," AmericanChemical Society Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 115516th Street, N.W., Washington DC, 20036, (202) 872-4477.

16.8 Hazardous Waste Management & Safety SOPs: "Hazardous Waste Disposal" and"Spill Control & Cleanup."

16.9 NELAC Standards, July 1,1999, plus revisions

16.10 QA-G6: Guidance for the Preparation of Standard Operating Procedures for Quality-Related Operations EPA/600/R-96/027, November 1995.

16. U New York State Environmental Laboratory Approval Program, Certification Manual,October 15, 1999, plus revisions.

16.12 CompuChem Quality Manual, Revision 0,2/1/00, plus revisions

16.13 Sample Control SOP 4.1, "Receiving Samples"

16.14 Sample Control SOP 4.6, "Storing Samples"

16.15 Instrument Procedure 477, "GC/MS Analysis of Extractable Semivolatiles inAqueous and Solid Samples by SW-846 and NYSASP."

17.0 Attachments as Tables, Diagrams. Flowcharts & Validation Data

17.1 Attachment 1 - Method Detection Limits

17.2 Attachment 2 - Extraction Worksheet (-079)

17.3 Attachment 3 - Single Analyst Capability Study

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 184: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Attachment 1

Method Detection Limit Study

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 11 of 17

Study Date: February 9. 2000Instrument 5972HP68

Compound Name

n-Nitrosodimethylamine

GCMS Method 3510C/8270C Aqueous

Rep*1ug/L

2.35

*yjidine T 4J3_Benzaidenyde L 3.83Phenol '<Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether 12-Chtorophenol1,3-Dichtorobenzene '1, 4-Dichlorobenzene IBenzyl alcohol |,2-6ichlorobenzene I

2-Methylphenql i2\2*-ootybis(1 -Chloropropane) [Acatoprenone •3-Matbylphenol [4-MeOiylphenol (n >amso-di-n-pfopylamine ItocachloroethaneStpobenzene

SOphorone j-Mfcophenol '

2,4-Oimethylphertol«»(2-chloroetnoxy)memane J_.4-D'ichlorophenol ',.2.4-Trichlorobenzene

Naphthalene-Chloroanilmeexachlorobutadiene

Caprolactam4-Chtaro-3-methylpnenol2-Methylnaphthatene1 -Melhylnaphthalene

1.97

3623.47

" 3.37"3212.36

3.11"2984.07

3.85

5.21

5212573 164.67

3713.00

3.96

3.03

3.02"'271 |298 {278242320405 ',338 !

ug/L

2.53

"T73"2.45

4.34

14.503.94

3553.12

3.863.41

4954.73

6396.39

3.44

3775.53

451384

4.69 "3.38

3.53

3.29388344 j4263.90

486384

Rep#3UQ/L

2.76

5.60

5.79

399394 i3.86 |3.80

3.73

3633.58 i4.65 i

"4.95 r597 !

5.?7 \3.3? I3.87

" 5654373.54

2.08

4.26

3"28

3.48

3.274.10

3.46

4"03378462418

. __T__ ^ rr ; L

Rep#4 Rep#5 Rep#6 1 Rep#7ug/L ! ug/L [ ug/L ! ug/L

I [ ' " I ' ' "3.43 [~ 2.52 . 1.87 1 2.18

6.57 I 4.98 f 4.06 ' 7.21

Rep#8ug/L

2.63

4.98

6.26 i 6.32 4.57 6.26 5.44

3.01 ! 2.65 1.96 : 2.81

495 } 4.31 340 ' 4.71

4.94 ' 426 3.68 4.49

4~"29 I 3.60 ' 2.90 4.23425 i 3.54 281 ' 4.39

381 3.20 ' 2.72 ' 3.0?"435 '."3.85 ' 2.97 4.40"3.98 r 3.26 ' 2.65 ' 3.55

5.63 ! 5 1 1 4.08 5.58

5.02 j 4.53 ' 4,00 ' 5.31 "664 1 686 : 5.26 6.55 f664 j" 686 : 5,26 6.55 '3.73 j 356 : 3,02 3.64 !429 i 351 2.61 4.24 !6 16 ! 601 i 4.84 6.71 '494 i 4.15 ' 3,52 4764.14 ' 3.41 i 2.84 3.98 "2.11 ; 2.07 j 1.30 2.13" j5.12 . 4.51 3.66 5.21 '3 56 ! 3 16 r 3.08 3.78 '3 73 ! 3.78 : 36 4.27

3.58 ' 3.59 [ 2.78 4.05

390 i 3.80 ' 3.31 404 '4 19 ' 3.60 2.62 4 19

2.47

4.02

4.00 !3.94 I3.45 I

"3727!3.66

3.38

4.74

e'sTt6.30 1SoTj:

ii

jRep#9l Meanug/L ug/L

i2.97

4.79

6.13

2.51

4.41

401383

-111 J

3.54 j

2.585.49

f 5.59

n^n4.19 I

_4J4

.3-63 [_

3.37 I4.96 I 4.86 !

"5.03T4.71" !6.15 Tis.15 j_ais i "eVis" r3.3l" [ 3.30 r

5."9T [ 6743 ^"4.45 I 4.56 j""3T29T3.49" (2.08 •4.58 r3.38_J"3.58 ;"

ITT r"3.38 r

349 3.90 3.43 1.70 3.31

3 85 ' 3.78 3 14 4 36 3.41

485 483 3,78 536 452421 399 337 4.44 400

2.08 !4.55 1

mr3.74 13.46 [3.92 T

290 !3684.59 >423

361 I5.77 f4.33 !

.M?_r1.92 r4.50 I3.S7f3.55 !

r/r "3.45 i3.27

3.684.61

3.96

i : !

Amtug/L

5.05.05.05.05.05.05.05.0

"s~o

5.0 ,5.05.0 .5.0 .5.0 i5.V '5.0 r

5.0'5.6 T5.6 T5^6" "\5.0 1

r

i r r""S.Dev. : MDL j Report Limi

[ ug/L . ug/L i ug/LL. :_ ir 0.45 1.31 I 10

1.04 j 3.03 I 10086 ! 2.50 [~ 106.35 1.00 •. 100.49 1 43 • 100.45 1 31 : 100.43 1.25 106.49 i 41 10047 1.37 '• 100 48 1 40 10 "0 38 1 10 ' 100.56 1 61 100.49 1.43 100.58 1 68 50.58 1 68 ' 50.36 1 05 100.54 1 55 100.68 1 97 100.47 1.35 10" "6~43 125 100.30 0.88 106.50 ! 144 10

5.0 ! 0.24 0.69 JO5.0 ^ 0 42 1 21 1O5.0 0.41 1 19 1050 0.36 ' 106 105.6 0 53 t 1 54 10

20.6 " 082 237 105.0 038 ' 1.10 105.0 047 1.35 105.0 037 1.08 10

Reporting Limit = Low Level Standard

a division of Liberty Analytical

Page 185: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1.Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 12 of 17

Attachment 1 (continued)

Method Detection Limit Study

Study Date: February 9. 2000Instrument 5972HP68

Compound Name

Hexacnlorocyclopentadiene2.4.5-Trichlorophenol2,4.5-Trichlorophenol1,r-Biphenyl2-Chloronaphthalene2-NitroanilineDimethylphthalate2.ft-KnitrotolueneAcenaphthylene ;3-NHroarHlineAcenaphthene i2,4-Onitrophenol ,t-Nitrophenol ;

2,4-Oimtrotoluene :

KbenzofuranDteftylphthalate4-Chtorophenyt-phenyletherFluorene ;

4-Mitroaniline4.6-Oinitro-2-metnyiphenolMitrosodiprienylamine1 ,2>-Oiphenylhydrazine-Bfomophenyl phenytether .texachlorobenzene

Atrazine'entachlorophenol"henanthrene

AnthraceneCarbazoleDi-n-butylphthalateFluoranthene

1- --

Rep#1!_ ug/L

1 89~6.44

' 6 10400342

Rep#2ug/L

~2:92"7.978.375.004.23

229 F 4.19

2.18 I" 248262 : 3582 73 3 654.95 ' 7.72

2 81 ; 3 5222 26 i 36.704 20 : 717 ]281 ' 428384 '. 481334 I 426 .380 ! 5142.89 : 3486.45 ' 1021

422 i 5443.57 ; 4.08

4.91 ' 641294 ! 3.94

356 : 4302.86 ' 4095 13 ' 6.233 18 '• 3512.94 3 52378 ' 4963 18 3.60

3 09 3 39

GCMS Method 351 OC/8270C Aqueous j

Rep#3ug/L

2.58 j7.717.874.744.233762.413.033377.633.33

3057708"!3.794.23 [3.53 [4.15 |300 I928551431594368 !377364 i6.05 j351 i374 •4.85385365

Rep#4ug/L

2.908.758.665.624.614.101.953.653.73a~9i"

Rep#5ug/L

2.198.087.974.674.243.571.793403.477.50"

3.80- 1 3.39

29.82744459S.V3

3.78

5.03

3.84

11.14500

24.526.633T564.443.32447337

Rep#6ug/L

1.846.626.753.873.182.441.332.47

2.71

6.~592.95

21.33532

"3.343.72

2.78

3.67

2.69

9.05 8.135.10 i 4.~16

4.58 I 4.24 F 3.56

6.81 i4~.51 |4.33

3536.17 :3813.82 '4673433.98

6.02 ' 4.973.88 | 3.143.91~'[ 3.6i3.81 3.06 :6.37 '3.483":554.883.503.51

4.932.87

2.96

4.162.98

300

1 1 •j ;

Rep#7 1 Rep#8 i Rep*9ug/L ; ug/L : ug/L

i !3.13 I 2.10 I 2.27

7.82 I 6.50 j 7.67

T

Meanug/L

2.427.51

8.05 | 7.46 ! 7.61 ! 7.65

5.55 i 4.63 : 5.00 [ 4794.52 ; 4.05 i 4.07 I4.23 . 3.39 ' 4.61 i4.14 1.38 1 03 '365 3.17 3113 78 3 16 3.23 '.8.56" 692 ' 7.50 :

3.74 3.15 3.28

10.18 '. 9.15 25955.29 484 6.17

3.98 3.36 3.70

4 94 4.25 4 464.78 2.93 2 645.08 i 4.10 4283.70 3.16 3.26

9.78 9.03 9.09

3^21 3.63 " 4.89

4.54 4.03 3.83

6.84 5 76 6.33

4.22 3.61 3673.91 ' 4.22 : 3.87

3.89 3.15 3.14

5.52 3.82 5.63

3 56 3 38 3.343 85 3.67 3.50

5.11 465 5094.45 3 45 3.27

4.05 3 56 3.29

4063622.083.193.31 '736"3.33

23.396.023.714.42

3.48

4413.27 f913 i457 i4.08 [6.60":"3.73 |"3.88 T

Amt.

ug/L

10.010.010.05.05.05.05.05.05.010.05.0

50.020.05~6

S.Oevug/L

0.480.810.800.600.470.800.920.430401 16 '0.339.091.156.53

5.0 0 485.0 I 0.705.0 Is.o ' f100 '10.0 "~5.0" T5.0 :

5.0 [5.6' i

3.46 • 5.0 ;5.54 ; 1Q.O''340 : 50 T3.51 5.6 ~r

4.68 ' 5.0352 5.0350 50

0.560.381.32aei0.38

0.70

0.49

"0.41 "0.43

0.82

026"6.340440.43 [0.36 |

MOLug/L

1.382.332.311.731.372.322.671.251.153.35"0.96

26.323.331.54"1.382.031.611.09

Report Limiug/L

101010101020101010

" 2 01050201010101010

3.81 20"2.34 I""" 20

1.09 | 102.031.41

"i.201.24

1010"

"10"10

2.36 ! 200.76 I0.98 ;1.29 '1.24 !1.04 " i

1010101010

Reporting Limit = Low Lavet-Standard

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 186: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 13 of 17

Attachment 1 (continued)

Method Detection Limit Study

Study Date: February 9. 2000Instrument 5972HP68

Compound Name

BenzidinePyreneButylbenzylphthalate3, 3'-Oichiorobenzidinebis(2-ethyihexyl)pmhalateBeato(a)anthraceneCtnyseneOi-n-octylphthalate3anzo(b)fluorantriene3enzo(k)fluorantheneBenzo(a)pyrenelndeno(1 .2,3-c,d)pyreneD*»nzo(a,n)antnraceneBenzo(g.h.i)perylene

Rep#1ug/L

0.64172.73

2.336672.88"2.662.852 25"252"2712.363.582.97 j2.98 i

Rep#2ug/L

1.193.38

H2.539.753473.453.752~802.863793.13404 j363 I

"336 I

GCMS Method 3l "

Rep#3I ug/L

1.053.15

h2388.533.263.293512682.69 !3703013.83 ,3.42 i3.41 .

Rep#4

.4i/L.

1.34

«!2.1310.003.44 i3.473.59 !278 i3.62322 ;314406 '378376 '

51 OC/8270C Aqueous

RepJSug/L

0.993.062.028.593.333.36 "3492.722.863.47 i2.88 i4.00 '3.503.37

Rep#6ug/L

L °-66

2.34r 1.40

7.48 I2.47

~Isi T2.98 i2.05 I2.203.282.253.192.76 j295 I

Rep#7ug/L

0.863.143.318.813.473.403.752^99362 ;3.333.154.23"3.91 "{3.90 :

Rep#8ug/L

0.432.821.618.402..13.053.412.322.51 "3.562.70 "I3.543.153.16 ""

Rep#9ug/L

0.692.831.128.042.813.043.352.32

~2.68 |3.67 |

II

Meanug/L

0.872.972.098.473.103.143.412.552.84 i3.41 [

2.96 | 2.84 ,3.61 I 3.79 .

~3.54~| 3?41 [~3 21 "i 3.34 ,

Amtug/L

100.0

S.Oev.ug/L

0.295.0 i 0.33

' 5.0 T 0.6650 . 1 035.05.0 :5.0 •50 '5.05.6 ':505.05050

0.37 I0.35 T0.31 [0.32" '0.49 :

033 :0.34 '033 !038032 !

MOLug/L

0.85094

Report Limiug/L

2010

1.91 I 102.99 I 101.08 [1.02 ("0.91" |092 I141 |096 •098 |096i.io i093 !

10101010i6id"10101010

Reporting Limit = Low Level Standard

CommiChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corpora *A?fl>

Page 187: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 14 of 17

Attachment 2

ASSIGNED TO:

CompoCheraEXTRACTION WORKSHEET

SEMI-VOLATILE WATER, MeAod 35IOC for I270C DATE EXTRACTED/POSTED:

2

3

4

6

t

1J

14

15

16

17

,.

2*

21

22

23

24

EMP ID NUMBER:

1

SURROGATE

SPIKE

Analyst initials. Extracted

Manufacturer and lot n

jlplP'iii&i£!

LK

CS

NO.

AMT.LOTNO.

AMT.LOT

V-^SAMPLEn!*

^S-VotSj-,.':}93

I.Oral

tj&g

-C-AeM.-.;?-

JOI21.0ml

. .. -./.Adids

?.£#?3i

JB-iUP<^>

2021I.Oral

• ^i/I^O'J-* I»V/t*^' *7ff~\

i£ckl)Ii'dg§

?^ffi^S

m*$m

VMM.I.Oral

^fj^^^^^^^^^f; &i^.''1^^iif^y: ^.tf^^V!'i^^-'V> ?''"••• ••^S ra^»^^fflRfiB^^M««J*' :^^-J*tOMMH^rS'2^=^*\" ' ^^ '-'*^"'' ''**i'i'"';t^ ~~ ''-*'<i&ysWi!iaBt&?<.ii$/~-'*' --•' ~ • * . ' . ' . ' . V^r' " " •'•V^n^"'*"-'-' ~ ~ ' - * - ".-.

Add 1.0 mL validation spike to LCS and SSs unless otherwise noted

INAL VOLUME VERIFIED:

UPERVISOR REVIEWED:

SURROGATE A SPIKE ADDED BY: /(minis Dale

KD N2 Bottle up Witness /Initials Date

nmhrr of reageno/sortrnts useij

CompuChem, a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 188: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 15 of 17

Attachment 3

Analyst Capability Study.

Laboratory Name/North Carolina Certificate Number: CompuChem/79Analyst Sam HarperStudy "Date: May i 72000 . iMethod: 35iqC«270C Aqueous ^ ' [ [_instrument/Column: 5972hp68 * ' ;

Compounds ,'frue Val Rep #1 [ Rep #2 ' j Rep #.ug/l ug/l • ug/l ug/1

(vNitrosodimethylamine 100 ! 66 99 52.62 7699Pyridine ! 100 j 58.50 5700 7631

f '

i3 1 Rep #4 j Mean Mean ,SD(n-1) -3SOJ ug/l ug/i '% Rec. . ug/l

j

• 53.54 " 62.54 62 54i 78.95 ; 67.6§ ' 67.69

EUwizaidehyde • 100 i 3576 4065 34.81 i 34.02 '. 36,31 ; 36.31Phenol 100 3524 3915 3870Bis(2-chloroethyl)emer 100 68.31 6558 73.13

| 40 88 , 38.49 . 38 49i 71 76 ; 69.70 69.70

2-Chlorophenol 100 7432 6990 83~.13 j 77.31 , 76.17 : 76 171.3-bichlorobenzene 100 ] 51 01 4645 56.82 "51 "94 i 51.56 ' 51.561,4-Oichlorobenzene • 10"o : 49.15 j 45.45 54.66Banzyl alcohol , 100 ! 57.11 j 5900 f 60.981.2-Oichlorobenzene ] 100 52.84 44 83 ! 54.4324*ethylphenol 100 62.84 59 75 "[ea. 162jr-cBcybis[1-Chloropropane) 100 I" 81 54 7399 j 84.92AoHophenone 100 60.31 : 60 18 I 65.01mWhylphenol j 200 100.46 ! 103.40 1 115.634-Mctt>ylphenol i 200 1 00.46 j 103.40T 11 5.63n-Nftraso-di-fi-propylamine > 100 85.27 I 8081 i 88.68Hexachloroethane : 100 i 45.93 ! 37.47 f 51.12Nitrobenzene . 100 I 68 91 | 60.09 ! 64.88Isopnorone f 100 | 65.22 I 63.27 !. 67.432-NiifoDhenol f 100 ; 92.09 | 88 35 | 93.932.4-Dimethylphenol ; 100 j 55 63 [ 49 39 ; 60.83Benzoicacid" 100 ' 8 25 ; 1374! 12.39

50.72 50.00 ! 50.0060.45 j 59.39 .' 59.3950.20 | 50.58 ; 50.5864.15 I 63.73 j 63.7380.40 j 80 21 ! 80.2162.01 ! 61 88 ! 61.88109.27! 107. 19! 53.60109.27 1107.19 53.6085.15 84.98 ; 84.9843.75 I 44.57 : 44.57 i65.02 ! 64.73 ' 64.73 '66.75 [ 65.67 : 65.67 •92.51 I 91.72 j 91.72 i54.35 ! 55.05 I 55.05 i2.19 : 9.14 i 9.14 ;

Bis<2-chloroettioxy)methane 100 < 86 18 ; 80.26 ! 83.28 82.27 83.00 , 83.00 '2,4-Dicrilorophenol 100 , 89 71 \ 82 94 91.98 90.31 . 88.74 , 88.74 .1,2.4-Trichtorobenzene , 100 i 63 39 j 56.83 [ 63.79 1 60.72 ! 61.18 I 61.18 iNaphthalene , 100 ' 77 02 ! 68.92 | 75.4~9TiChloroariiline 100 ' 78.82 ! 73.92 ; 75791

75.28 ! 74.18 ! 74.18 ^74.87 775.88 , 75.88

Hexachlorobutadiene 100 55.84 ! 5047 : 5522 ! 5491 ' 54 11 54.11

•• 1166; 11.541 2.98

2.36, 3.41

5.55!"4.25' 3.81r 1.73

4.213.484.57

6.716.713.225.653.611.85 .'238 .

"4.70 '5.192.473.98 •3.21 '3.592.12246 '

ug/l

28332731

' 59; eoi 39

3954385367558787752854608541-6 '76 77752 '637047

•i +3SD

T ug/l

i 98' 102

4546

. 8093

i 64: 61I 65: 63' 74

9469127127956276 i71 i99 t6925 _;90101 :71 i85 |

1

|ii1 '

- 3SD ; +3SD 1 RSD' %R . %R1

44 15649 ' 151

: 75 125. 82 118

85 1157 78 [ 122

75 I 125"77 [ 123"91 i 10975 12584 . 11683 | 11789 | 11181 ' 11981 ' 11989 . Illj62 i 13883 j 11792 ! 10892 ! 108 |74 ! 126-70 27091 : 10987 ; 113 !84 : 116_|

" 85 T 115 |<52 j_ 92 j 108 j61 • 86" . Tl4 |

! %

I

1 T7"! 8.2

6.1! 4.9

L_?1I

ol:2.98.35.55.71ft8.36.33.813S.ft2.82.68.5573.0455.24.8"2.845 ""

CnmnnChem. a division of Liberty Analytical Cor\

Page 189: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 16 of 17

Attachment 3 (continued)

Analyst Capability Study

Laboratory Name/North CarolinAnalyst' Sam HarperStudy Date: May" 1,2000Method' 35iOC/8270C Aqueousnstrument/Column' 5972hp68

Compounds

^aprolactam4-Cntoro-3-methylpnenoli-Methylnaphthalenei-Melhylnaphthaienetacacnlorocyctopentadiene;,4,6-Trichiorophenol

2.4,5- trichlorophenol.1'-Biphenyl-Chtoronaphthalene-NitroanilineSfrithylphthalate,6-Dinilrotoluene

Acafiaphtnylene-Nitroaniline

Acanaphthene;4-Dinitropfienol-Nitrophenoi

2,4-Dimtrotoluene)ibenzoruran)iethylphthalate-Cnlorophenyl-phenyletheruorene-Nitroaniline

4,6-binitro-2-methylptienoln-Nitrosodiphenylamine.2-Diphenylhydrazins-Bromophenyl phenylether

Hexachlorobenzene

a Certific

'\ -

True Vcug/l

100100100100ioo100iooioo100100100100100100100 f100 i100 j100 i100 i100 I100 !100100100200100100 •100 :

ate Number Co

i :

i

I Rep #11 Rep #2. ug/l , ug/l

i 31 '47 ! 2^82' 76.69 | 76.98

79 53 ; 73.978357 I 82.3655.74 i 543793 89 j 88 4194.40 j 98.4789.00 { 86.4767.93 | 67.8876 27 j 79.837751 i 809767 81 i 67.74 i88,80 ! 8641 '81 28 | 80.47 j8765 i 86.1584 34 f 83.35 j36.76 •' 37 58 i67.37 ! 66 53 •84.64 [ 85.12 :

81.80 ! 8i.85 i87.47 ! 83 30 i87 30 . 87.71 '80.20 i 81 16 '88 79 <' 84 52 :79 79 : 78 55 ;

100.14. 977489.12 805964 83 58 90

mpuChem/79

r ;• - -

Rep #3 i Rep #4, Mean. ug/l ' ug/l

. 30.47 •' 30.6182.13 j 753778.60 . 80 1784 23 ' 85.495071 '. 49 1793.77 89.8499.27 ! 89.4484 65 82.2366.84 • 66.1677 52 , 72.527501 I 645468 29 I 65 6087 36 ' 84 728349 ! 76.378514 r82.158672 i 69.9137.88 ! 39.9267 27 . 62.2386.66 ' 8" ?480.21 ' 75 o38368 i 78.2987 72 ,' 79.25 <7808 1 73.7794 01 f 86.93 :8449 ! 75.16 ,9664 ' 92.2795 95 85.7467 15 , 58.15 '.

ug/l

30.09777978078391

, 5250i 91 48[ 9540. as.s'gI 6720i 76"541 7451

673686.82804085.27 i81.08 '38.04 .65.8584 17 !79". 94 78319

85 50 :78.30 '88.5679.50 :

96.70 '878562.26 "

: Mean%Rec

, 30.0977.79

• 780783.91

i 52.50[ 9148= 95.40

85.59672076.5474.5167.3686.8280.4085.27 i81 08 j38.04 •65.8584.1779.9483.19855078.30 L88.5639.75 '96.70 '87.856226

,SD(n-. ug/l

; i sa!T98. 281~ 1.31*

307' 278i 4.51i 286nraiF

3067.08

1.20

1 712.98

2.32

7.58

1.34

2.44

2.75

"2.803.77

4.17

3.284033863296.44

442

U -3SC

ug/l

' 2569

: 70. 80

43; 83' '82

77"' 65

67": 53! 64, 82• 71! 78

5834597672 '7273687668876949

~

;- f -• - -

) [jt;3SD !! ug/l [

: 35 >^ 87 i

' 86"88 '

62" ii 100 T! 109 Frat tT~70 Tr"ae '^96 .; 71 i:. « i.! 89 |I 92 1. 104 r.«..J •: 73 :

92 ;88 "!94 198 I

T 88 j101 '91 '

r 10710776 i "

._ .

-3SD%R

84 ,89 !89 :95 T82" ;9186 I90~T96~T88 i71 "r

95 '94 .89 .92 :72 •898990 .8986 i8587 '8685 i90 [78 !79"" r

+3SD'%R

116111111105118109114110104

"112"129105106111108 I128 :

111 I111 •110 'iii " '114115113 ;114 •115 i110 !

122 !121 T

[ RSD

' %

; 52"'• 38"i 36 "I" i"6"

! 581 30i 47

L.1L...Ll.

4.0951.820

" "3.7"2.7"

9.3"3.5

3.7333.54 54.94.246493.47.3

"'7.1

CompuChem. a division of Liberty Analytical Corporation

Page 190: THOMAS P. GORDON COUNTY EXECUTIVE New Castle · • Using a hollow stem auger drilling rig, cable tool or rotosonic drilling rig, shallow 2-inch diameter monitoring wells will be

Section 2.5.2.1Revision No. 8Date: January 18,2001Page 17 of 17

Attachment 3 (continued)

Analyst Capability Study

Laboratory Name/North CarolineAnalyst: Sam HarperStudy "bate. May" 1, 2000Method: 3510C/8270C AqueousInstrument/Column: 5972hp68

Compounds

AtraztnePentachlorophenol>henanthrene

AnthraceneJaitoazoleS-»^butylphlhalateTuorantneneteraidine•yanekrtyjbenzylphthalatei.y-DichiorobenzidineWg-ethyihexyOphthalate

Benzo(a)anthraceneChrysene)i-n-octylpnthalateenzo(b)iiuorantneneenzo(k)fluoranthene

Benzo(a)gyrenelndeno< 1 ,2,3-c,d)pyreneDibenzo(a.h)anthraceneBenzo(g.h,i)perylene

i Certific

True Vaug/l

100100 "100100100100100100100100100100100100 '.100100 !100 ;100 [100 ;166' '100 i

ate Number CompuChem/79

i

f Rep #1 [Reg #2 Rep#3rRep"#4ug/l ug/l ug/f

119 52^114.851 136.0284.85" 78.96 ' 85.0787 37 79.58 ! 92.168636 • 81.46 ! 91.41 '7681 . 7622 80.7383.57 81.49! 85 3187 45 • 79.77 90.61 ~22 1 1 ! 23 78 23 50 i82 92 ' 75.09 85.50 j58 04 ' 77.63 85.49 i47 53 50.47 50.93 '80 71 7~1 96 85.25 [7862 i 7692 86.l"l •82.24 ! 76.35 88.33 F77 33 78.70 < 78.60 !84.69 . 68 28 93.33 r

8037 : 101. 16? 79.58 J81.67 , 78.74 . 83.51 [_87" 44 ! 78.72 ' 84.10 F82.89 ' 78.16 ' 85.61 ',80 30 : 81 72 r 84~.66 !

ug/l• Mean

I "9'!f

110.001 1201080.00

"80.9480.5677.5277.618V3823.76768976.81"48.9375.8179.57 '78.287416702886.43 :

79.05 .76.57 T79.97 '80.85

, 82.2285.01849577.8282.0084.80232980.10 •7449 !49.47 '78.43 r

80.31 '"81.30 •772079 15 ~86.8980.74 :

81 71 '816681.88

Mean:%Rec.

120 108222850184.957782820084 '8023.2980. 10 i7449 '49.47 '78.4380.31 :

81.3077.207<M586.89 i80.74 :81.71 '81 66 :81.88 I

SD(n-1)"• jjg/l !

r11.30 <3.19585 i5.012.013.315.096.80 '49211.65i"s"s

"5.79"4.025.292.1211 9510.002274.963281 94

-3SD~UCJ/I

8673

"67"70727270"216540456168657143 157 i74 !67 •7276

-

""*3SD~i ug/lf -

1 154i 92

. 103100

'• ""84"92 :fob r26 i

1"09" !5496" ":"929784 •115 I117 '88 .97 '91 :88 :

%R3 I +3SO~r~%R-

- -

"RSDr %

|

72887982928882"9082"

" 53'91

"'78858092

" 556592828893

-r-lf8-1 121

9.4396.9

118 5.9'' 108 2.6; 112 4.6i""n"8'; 6.0"

110 r "3.4i 118 . 6.1'•' 147 "*" 16

109'. 122: 115"

120108

T 145 ir

135 ir ioa ii 118 Ii 112 j! 107 r

3.1"745.06.52.715"122.86.14024

MASTER CO